richmahn_en_tn/tn_JHN.tsv

1	Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
2	front:intro	t6za				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses 12 disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n\n * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them,” but translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language in which he originally wrote this Gospel. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, then the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3–4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md)) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3	1:intro	k29b				0	# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have to their father at any age. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4	1:1	er9g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5	1:1	z59q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος & καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6	1:2	u6xx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1	**He** here refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
7	1:2	k8cf			ἐν ἀρχῇ	1	Here this phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. See how you translated this phrase in verse [1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “before the beginning of the universe” or “before the universe began”
8	1:3	gm5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God made all things through him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9	1:3	t1lj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **him** refers to Jesus, the one who is called “the Word.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
10	1:3	aqs1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “with him came into being everything that came into being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
11	1:3	v4yk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God did not make one thing without him” or “with him, God made everyting that God has made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12	1:4	pz5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ζωὴ	1	Here it is best to use a general term for **life**. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]]) If you must use a more specific word, consider that **life** here could refer to: (1) eternal life, which is the meaning John uses for this term throughout this Gospel. Alternate translation: “the means of receiving eternal life” (2) physical life, which would mean that this verse continues the discussion about the creation of the universe in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things” (3) both physical life and eternal life. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things and the source of eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13	1:4	ffbw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἡ ζωὴ	1	Here, **the life** refers to the same life stated in the previous phrase. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14	1:4	dpeb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Here John uses **light** to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the true and good things God has for men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15	1:4	saci		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	John uses **of** to indicate to whom the **light** is given. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the light given to men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
16	1:4	jzwk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
17	1:5	dgin		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς & φαίνει	1	John uses **the light shines** to refer to God’s truth and goodness being revealed as if it were a light shining. This truth and goodness was revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “God reveals his truth and goodness” or “God’s truth and goodness is like a light that shines” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18	1:5	y5ry		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ & καὶ ἡ σκοτία	1	Here John uses **darkness** to refer to what is false and evil. It is the spiritual **darkness** of the people in the world who do not love Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “in the false and evil world, and that evil world” or “in the evil world that is like a dark place, and that dark place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19	1:5	w9ni			αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1	Here the word translated **overcome** could also be translated as “understand.” It could mean: (1) the evil forces in the world did not conquer God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer it” (2) the people in the world who don’t know God do not understand his truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not comprehend it” (3) the evil forces of this world neither conquered nor understood God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer or comprehend it”
20	1:5	yv8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1	Here, **it** refers to the light mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not overcome the light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
21	1:6	qa1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ Θεοῦ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22	1:6	gih6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1	Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23	1:7	mtlb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1	**He** here refers to John the Baptist, who was introduced in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
24	1:7	mht8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	περὶ τοῦ φωτός	1	Here John uses **light** to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
25	1:7	cdl5			δι’ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **through him** indicates the means by which everyone might believe in the light. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
26	1:8	pn9t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1	**That one** here refers to John the Baptist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
27	1:8	kbwh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς & τοῦ φωτός	1	See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God … Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
28	1:9	xe1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν, ὃ	1	Here John uses **light** to refer to Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who truly embodied God’s truth, who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
29	1:9	rbsj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον	1	Here, John uses **light** to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which reveals the true and good things of God to all men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
30	1:9	u00s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1	Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
31	1:10	c2ne		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἦν & δι’ αὐτοῦ & αὐτὸν	1	**He** and **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was … through Jesus … Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
32	1:10	io8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	Here, **world** refers to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
33	1:10	krcb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the whole universe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
34	1:10	b93e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω	1	Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that the world would recognize its Creator, and what happened, that the world did to do that. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but the world did not know him” or “yet the world did not know him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
35	1:10	ke5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	2	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
36	1:10	t1qv			οὐκ ἔγνω	1	Alternate translation: “did not acknowledge”
37	1:11	jvgs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ ἴδια & οἱ ἴδιοι	1	Here, **his own** could refer to: (1) his own people, the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “his fellow Jews … his fellow Jews” (2) his own creation. Alternate translation: “the people he created … the people he created” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
38	1:11	h13y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that his own people would know their Messiah, and what happened, that his own people did not do that. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
39	1:11	va1w			αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον	1	Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. Alternate translation: “did not accept him” or “did not welcome him”
40	1:12	pvtl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ὅσοι δὲ ἔλαβον αὐτόν, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τέκνα Θεοῦ γενέσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. You will also need to adjust some words to fit the new order. Alternate translation: “But as many as received him and believed in his name, he gave to them the authority to become children of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
41	1:12	ijje			ἔλαβον αὐτόν	1	Here, **received** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “accepted him” or “welcomed him”
42	1:12	x4f9			ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν	1	Here, the word translated **authority** means either the right or ability to do something. Alternate translation: “he gave to them the right” or “he made it possible for them”
43	1:12	uc6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	Here John uses **children** to refer to people who love and obey God. The relationship between God and those who love him is like the relationship between a father and his children. Because this is an important concept in the Bible, you should not state the meaning plainly here, but you may use a simile. Alternate translation: “like children who have God as their father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
44	1:12	jp3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	Here John uses **name** to refer to Jesus’ identity and everything about him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who believed in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
45	1:13	no4j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἳ	1	Here **the ones** here refers to the children of God mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
46	1:13	ygxb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἳ οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων & ἐγεννήθησαν	1	John uses **born** to describe God changing a person from being spiritually dead to being spiritually alive when they believe in Jesus. John recorded Jesus referring to this change as being “born again” in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an expression that indicates spiritual rebirth rather than physical birth. Alternate translation: “These were born spiritually, not from blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
47	1:13	k24g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων & ἐγεννήθησαν	1	Here, **bloods** refers to the bloodlines or genetic contributions of both parents of a child. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were not born from human bloodlines” or “were not born from human decent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
48	1:13	it6r			ἐξ	1	Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
49	1:13	jtjr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς	1	John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of the flesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
50	1:13	oj53			ἐκ	1	Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
51	1:13	kqdf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς	1	Here John is using the term **flesh** to refer to a human being, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the human will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
52	1:13	jjyp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς	1	John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
53	1:13	v4t0			ἐκ	2	Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
54	1:13	pbur			ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς	1	The term **a man** used here refers specifically to an adult male person and may also be translated “husband.” In this verse it refers to a father’s desire to have a child like himself. Alternate translation: “from the will of a husband”
55	1:13	bljo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἐκ Θεοῦ	1	John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but they were born from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
56	1:13	yo2q			ἐκ	3	Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
57	1:14	ft2l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος	1	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” See how you translated this phrase in [John 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
58	1:14	x1ae		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ ἐγένετο	1	Here, **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
59	1:14	fais		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα	1	Here the pronouns **us** and **we** are exclusive since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, but the people to whom he is writing did not see Jesus. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
60	1:14	z37d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “his glorious character, the glorious character” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
61	1:14	x8l3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός	1	The phrase **the One and Only** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the One and Only from the Father, Jesus,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
62	1:14	wa23			μονογενοῦς	1	Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique One” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten One”
63	1:14	zirk			παρὰ πατρός	1	The phrase **from the Father** means that Jesus came from the presence of God the Father to the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who came from the Father”
64	1:14	b5t5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πατρός	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
65	1:14	tg4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1	Here, John uses **full of** to describe Jesus fully possessing a quality, as if grace and truth were objects that could fill a person. If this might confuse you readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully possessing grace and truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
66	1:14	c3b4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “full of God’s gracious and faithful character” or “full of kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
67	1:15	xduu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	Ἰωάννης μαρτυρεῖ περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
68	1:15	qxgz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	καὶ κέκραγεν λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and has cried out, and he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
69	1:15	yfuv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	οὗτος ἦν ὃν εἶπον, ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος, ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν.	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “This was the one I said would come after me, and who would be greater than me for he was before me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
70	1:15	k7rm			ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started, and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He who starts his ministry after I have done so”
71	1:15	q75h			ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν	1	Here, **greater** refers to being more important or having a superior position. Alternate translation: “is more important than I am” or “is superior to me”
72	1:15	lrd7			ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν	1	Here, **before me** means that Jesus existed earlier in time than John. This does not mean that Jesus is more important because he is older than John in human years. Jesus is greater and more important than John because he is God the Son, who has always existed. Alternate translation: “for he existed before I was born”
73	1:16	punh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	**For** here introduces the reason why John said that Jesus is “full of grace and truth” in verse [14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “We can say that Jesus is full of grace and truth because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
74	1:16	iriv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
75	1:16	p3zg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **fullness** refers to the grace and truth which John said Jesus was full of in verse [14](../01/14.md). If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fullness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what he is full of” or “his full amount of grace and truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
76	1:16	vmyz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς πάντες ἐλάβομεν	1	Here, **we** refers to John and all believers. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “all of we believers have received” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
77	1:16	yrg8			πάντες ἐλάβομεν καὶ χάριν	1	Here, **even** indicates that “grace after grace” explains what “his fullness” means. Alternate translation: “have all received, that is, grace” or “have all received, namely, grace”
78	1:16	b9r1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “kind act after kind act” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
79	1:16	avst			χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος	1	Here, **after** could mean: (1) the second “grace” replaces the first “grace,” which is the most common use for this word. This meaning could indicate that the first “grace” refers to “the law” and the second “grace” refers to “Grace and truth” in the next verse. Alternate translation: “grace in place of grace” or “grace instead of grace” (2) the second “grace” is in addition to the first “grace.” Alternate translation: “grace in addition to” or “grace upon grace”
80	1:17	iata		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη, ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐγένετο	1	John placed the two sentences in this verse next to each other without any connecting word in order to show a contrast between the law of Moses and the grace and truth of Jesus. This does not mean that the law of Moses did not have grace and truth. Rather, John is indicating that the grace and truth revealed by Jesus is more complete than that revealed in the law of Moses. Although God revealed himself and his will through the law of Moses, he did so much more clearly though Jesus, who is God in human form. Alternate translation: “the law was given through Moses. In contrast, grace and truth came about through Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
81	1:17	xsbj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God gave the law through Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
82	1:17	kup2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ νόμος & ἐδόθη	1	The word **law** is a singular noun that refers to the many laws and instructions that God gave to the Israelites. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the group of laws was given” or “God’s laws were given” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
83	1:17	vm1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “God’s gracious and faithful character” or “Kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
84	1:18	vf9q			μονογενὴς Θεὸς	1	Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten God”
85	1:18	r1la			μονογενὴς Θεὸς	1	Here, **God** indicates that Jesus, who is called **the One and Only**, is God. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the One and Only, who is God”
86	1:18	rflq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	Here, **in the bosom of** is an idiom that refers to having a close and intimate relationship with someone. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who has a close relationship with the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
87	1:18	h5cq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
88	1:18	kmqm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1	Here, **that one** refers to Jesus in an emphatic way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
89	1:18	zc8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐξηγήσατο	1	Here, **him** is not in the original text, but is necessary for English. It refers to God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has made the Father known” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
90	1:18	pmw5			ἐξηγήσατο	1	Here, the word translated **has made him known** refers to making people know something by explaining or revealing it clearly. Alternate translation: “has explained him” or “has fully revealed him”
91	1:19	t5pf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ Ἰωάννου	1	Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
92	1:19	e1dz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Here, **the Jews** refers to the “Jewish leaders.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
93	1:20	b7zz			ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν	1	The phrase “he confessed” expresses in positive terms the same thing that **he did not deny** expresses in negative terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this. Alternate translation: “he strongly confessed” or “he solemnly testified”
94	1:21	f926		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1	Here, **they** refers to “the Jews,” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews asked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
95	1:21	iv9d			τί οὖν?	1	Alternate translation: “If you are not the Messiah, then who are you?”
96	1:21	vk6r			Ἠλείας	1	**Elijah** was a prophet whom the Jews expected to return to earth shortly become the arrival of the Messiah.
97	1:21	h2dv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
98	1:21	nhx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1	Here, **the Prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
99	1:22	t8ib		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	εἶπαν & αὐτῷ	1	Here, the pronouns **they** and **him** refer to the priests and Levites and John the Baptist, respectively. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites said to John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
100	1:22	wbd9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τίς εἶ? ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς; τί	1	John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. This may require you to change the punctuation of the sentences. Alternate translation: “Who are you? Tell us so that we might given an answer to those who sent us. What” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
101	1:22	x8wz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	δῶμεν & ἡμᾶς	1	Here, **we** and **us** refer to the priests and Levites, not to John. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
102	1:22	fmc8			ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν	1	Alternate translation: “so that we might tell your answer”
103	1:22	sa3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς	1	This phrase refers to the Jewish leaders in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those leaders in Jerusalem who sent us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
104	1:23	x314		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	In these phrases, John quotes from the Old Testament book of Isaiah ([Isaiah 40:3](../../isa/40/03.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
105	1:23	baa5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	Here, **voice** refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
106	1:23	p7kc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	This clause is a quotation within a quotation. John is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you could translate this material as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I am a voice crying out in the wilderness to make the way of the Lord straight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
107	1:23	iry1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Here John the Baptist quotes Isaiah, using this clause to refer to telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by repenting of their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Repent of your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
108	1:23	v1gi			Ἠσαΐας ὁ προφήτης	1	**Isaiah** wrote the book of **Isaiah**, in the Bible.
109	1:24	bk96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	This verse is background information about the people who questioned John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
110	1:24	uq5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπεσταλμένοι	1	Here, **the ones** refers to the priests and Levites, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites who had been sent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
111	1:24	guqm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Jewish leaders sent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
112	1:24	f4xj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	This phrase could refer to: (1) the priests and Levites who had been sent. Alternate translation: “belonged to the Pharisees” (2) the leaders in Jerusalem who sent the priests and Levites. Alternate translation: “were sent from the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
113	1:25	s00c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1	Here, **they** refers to the priests and Levites who had been sent from Jerusalem, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites from Jerusalem asked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
114	1:25	u7is		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1	Here, **the Prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
115	1:26	la26		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1	Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
116	1:26	aupp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰωάννης λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John answered them, and he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
117	1:27	x2ki		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who starts his ministry after I have done so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
118	1:27	y7v5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μου & οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος	1	Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. John the Baptist uses this expression figurative to refer to the most unpleasant work of a servant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” or “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
119	1:28	r4ty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	# General Information:\n\nThis verse provides background information about the setting of the story that is recorded in [1:19–27](../01/19.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
120	1:28	u0iq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	Here, **these things** refers to the events that were described in [1:19–27](../01/19.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This conversation between John and the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
121	1:28	f5he		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	Here, **beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the Jordan River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
122	1:28	ryi1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1	Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
123	1:29	bt67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1	**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:19–28](../01/19.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
124	1:29	aqo3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	βλέπει & λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
125	1:29	fpj6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1	John the Baptist uses the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
126	1:29	gi3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The phrase **Lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
127	1:29	j397		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	John the Baptist uses a metaphor here to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb]]) Since **Lamb of God** is an important title for Jesus, you should translate the words directly and not provide a plain explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
128	1:29	cgxj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ αἴρων	1	Here John the Baptist speaks of forgiving sin as if sin were an object that Jesus is **taking away**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who is forgiving” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
129	1:29	rg4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	John the Baptist uses **world** to refer to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of those who live in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
130	1:30	x393			ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν.	1	See how you translated this in verse [15](../01/15.md).
131	1:31	himw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1	Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
132	1:31	hb8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1	Here John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t know who Jesus was, because Jesus was his cousin. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
133	1:31	dr02		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἵνα φανερωθῇ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ διὰ τοῦτο	1	Here John uses the redundant words **so that** and **because of this** to emphasize the reason why he was baptizing people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and indicate the emphasis. Alternate translation: “for the exact purpose that he might be revealed to Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
134	1:31	s9dj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	Here John uses the name of the nation, **Israel**, to represent the people who belong to that nation. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
135	1:31	jr9r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1	Here, **this** refers to the revealing of the Messiah to Israel that is mentioned in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he might be revealed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
136	1:32	mcc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἐμαρτύρησεν Ἰωάννης λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John testified, and he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
137	1:32	xyr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς περιστερὰν	1	This phrase is a simile. As [Luke 3:22](../../luk/03/22.md) indicates, the Holy Spirit came down with an appearance that resembled a **dove**. Alternate translation: “resembling a dove” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
138	1:32	uji2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “upon Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
139	1:33	y1bb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1	Here John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t recognize who Jesus was when he saw him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not recognize that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
140	1:33	ccys		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός	1	Here, the phrases **the one who sent me** and **that one** both refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me to baptize in water,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
141	1:33	x8lb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1	Here John the Baptist is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to refer to spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the **Holy Spirit**, who purifies them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
142	1:34	ea3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Although most copies of this text say **Son of God**, some say “chosen one of God” or “chosen Son of God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
143	1:34	naf2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
144	1:35	i3lg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν	1	**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:29–34](../01/29.md). John saw Jesus two days after his conversation with the priests and Levites that is described in verses [19–28](../01/19.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Two days after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
145	1:36	kuol		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
146	1:36	ntaw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The phrase **Lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
147	1:36	t2yx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1	John records John the Baptist using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
148	1:36	ap5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you translated this same phrase in [John 1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
149	1:37	v5be		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἤκουσαν οἱ δύο μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **his** and **him** refer to John the Baptist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s two disciples heard him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
150	1:38	a8bg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς	1	Here, **them** refers to the two disciples of John the Baptist who were mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having seen John’s two disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
151	1:38	hlee		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς ἀκολουθοῦντας	1	Here John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “having seen them following him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
152	1:38	qxej		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
153	1:38	kkey			ποῦ μένεις	1	Alternate translation: “where are you spending the night”
154	1:38	so66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ποῦ μένεις?	1	This question is the answer to the question Jesus just asked in the previous sentence. It is a way for the two men to imply that they would like to have a private conversation with Jesus at the place where he was staying. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “where are you staying? We would like to speak with you privately.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
155	1:39	lio4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει αὐτοῖς & μένει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
156	1:39	k5m2			μένει	1	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
157	1:39	ydqg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην	1	Here, **that day** refers to the day the two disciples left John the Baptist to follow Jesus, as indicated in verse [35](../01/35.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the same day that they left John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
158	1:39	tb9j			ὥρα & δεκάτη	1	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the tenth hour** indicates a time in the late afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “about 4:00 PM”
159	1:40-42	x8g8				0	# General Information:\n\nVerses [40–42] give background information about Andrew and how he brought his brother Peter to Jesus.
160	1:40	f6b9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1	Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
161	1:40	jmyp			Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1	**Simon** was also called **Peter** by Jesus, as recorded in verse [42](../01/42.md). Alternate translation: “Simon, who is also called Peter”
162	1:41	xpi4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1	**This one** here refers to Andrew, who was mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
163	1:41	vfsj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	εὑρίσκει & λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
164	1:41	rxox		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
165	1:41	ek1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός	1	John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the title “Messiah” means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Christ’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for ‘Christ’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
166	1:42	xwc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν	1	**He** here refers to Andrew and **him** refers to Simon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew brought Simon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
167	1:42	f5wo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἐμβλέψας αὐτῷ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked at him, and he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
168	1:42	k2dx			υἱὸς Ἰωάννου	1	This is neither John the Baptist nor John the apostle.
169	1:42	rstd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σὺ κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will call you Cephas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
170	1:42	pv4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Κηφᾶς	1	**Cephas** is a word in the Aramaic language that means “rock.” Here, Jesus uses the word as a name for Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Cephas, which means ‘rock’ in Aramaic” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
171	1:42	t3n5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Peter’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
172	1:42	esly		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1	John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name Cephas means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Peter’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Peter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
173	1:43	cmi8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1	**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in the previous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after Andrew brought Simon to Jesus,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
174	1:43	qzfk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	καὶ εὑρίσκει Φίλιππον, καὶ λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
175	1:43	ejkg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
176	1:44	i5bm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	This verse provides background information about **Philip**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
177	1:45	m8j1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Φίλιππος & Ναθαναὴλ & Μωϋσῆς & Ἰησοῦν & Ἰωσὴφ	1	These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
178	1:45	faz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	εὑρίσκει Φίλιππος τὸν Ναθαναὴλ, καὶ λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
179	1:45	ci52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οἱ προφῆται	1	Here, John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
180	1:46	s2kg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ	1	Here, **him** refers to Philip. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Nathaniel said to Philip” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
181	1:46	i4wp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι?	1	Nathaniel is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No good thing can come out of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
182	1:46	shpn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
183	1:47	e1ke		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
184	1:47	ka53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1	John records Jesus using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
185	1:47	ys8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν	1	**Jesus** is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
186	1:48	am5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
187	1:48	d1on		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρὸ τοῦ σε Φίλιππον φωνῆσαι, ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν, εἶδόν σε	1	Nathaniel’s reaction to this statement in the next verse indicates that this is a display of supernatural knowledge. It appears that Jesus knew something about Nathaniel that no one else could have known. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before Philip called you, being completely alone under the fig tree, I saw you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
188	1:48	a0ym		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν	1	The subject of this clause is Philip, not Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you were under the fig tree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
189	1:49	l666		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
190	1:50	d53b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις?	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the result for the reason that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Do you believe because I said to you that I saw you underneath the fig tree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
191	1:50	p3ma		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις?	1	John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You believe because I said, ‘I saw you underneath the fig tree’!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
192	1:50	fhzr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πιστεύεις	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
193	1:50	oubk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μείζω τούτων	1	Jesus uses the plural pronoun **these** to refer to a general category of something, in this case the miraculous display of supernatural knowledge that took place in [1:48](../01/48.md). Alternate translation: “greater things than this type of thing” or “greater things that this kind of miracle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
194	1:51	byxy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
195	1:51	ga44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus repeats **Truly** in order to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases, forming a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
196	1:51	yuye		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus is using the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to all those who are with him at that moment. He is not only speaking to Nathaniel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I say to all of you here” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
197	1:51	s28k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας	1	Here, Jesus refers to an event described in the book of Genesis. While fleeing from his brother, Jacob had a dream in which he saw angels descending from and ascending to heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers who may not be familiar with the story, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as Jacob saw in his vision, you will see heaven opened, and the angels of God ascending and descending” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
198	1:51	ahj4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
199	1:51	z4a7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
200	2:intro	jav2				0	# John 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ first sign: he turns water into wine (2:1–12)\n2. Jesus causes controversy in the Temple (2:13–22)\n3. Jesus’ ministry in Jerusalem at Passover (2:23–25)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Wine\n\nThe Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.\n\n### Driving out the money changers\n\nJesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. As the Son of God, it was his Father’s temple that was being used inappropriately for making money. Therefore, he had the authority to drive out those who were misusing the temple.\n\n### “He knew what was in man”\n\nJesus knew what other people were thinking only because he is the Son of Man and the Son of God. Because he is the Son of God, he has supernatural insight into what other people were thinking and could correctly judge their intentions.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “His disciples remembered”\n\nJohn used this phrase to stop telling the main historical narrative and to tell about something that happened much later. The Jewish authorities spoke to Jesus right after he scolded the sellers in the temple in ([2:16](../02/16.md)). Jesus’ disciples remembered what the prophet had written long ago and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body after Jesus became alive again ([2:17](../02/17.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md)).
201	2:1	rl16		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	Jesus and his disciples were invited to a wedding. This verse gives background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
202	2:1	vw9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	This phrase introduces a new event. The **third day** could refer to: (1) the third day from when Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). According to the Jewish way of counting days, the first day would have been the day in [1:43](../01/43.md), making **the third day** occur two days afterward. Alternate translation: “two days after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (2) the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). In this case, the first day would have occurred in [1:35](../01/35.md) and the second day in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “on the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
203	2:2	xm3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη & καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they also invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
204	2:3	kt44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
205	2:3	spbw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	οἶνον οὐκ ἔχουσιν	1	Jesus’ mother is using a declarative statement to give an indirect request. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a request. Alternate translation: “They ran out of wine. Could you do something to solve this problem?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
206	2:3	mge0			οἶνον	1	Regarding the drinking of **wine** in Jewish culture, see the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter.
207	2:4	xo8k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
208	2:4	a2ji			γύναι	1	**Woman** here refers to Mary. If it is impolite for a son to call his mother “woman” in your language, you can use another word that is polite, or leave it out.
209	2:4	jc75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί, γύναι?	1	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Woman, this has nothing to do with me or you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
210	2:4	v5x5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου	1	The word **hour** refers to the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
211	2:5	d5wy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
212	2:6	y7p3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς	1	A **metretes** was equivalent to about 40 liters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the quantity in modern measurements. Alternatively, to help your readers recognize that the biblical writings come from long ago when people used different measurements, you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the metrete, and explain the equivalent in modern measurements in a footnote. Alternate translation: “80 to 120 liters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
213	2:7	hv80		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
214	2:7	byc0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	Here, **them** refers to the servants at the wedding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
215	2:7	vt75			ἕως ἄνω	1	The **brim** is the top edge of the water pot. Alternate translation: “to the very top”
216	2:8	xbw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
217	2:8	y52q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς & οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν	1	Here, **them** and **they** refer to the servants at the wedding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the servants … And the servants carried it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
218	2:8	h9gr			τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ	1	The term **head waiter** refers to the person in charge of the servants who served the food and drink at meals and feasts.
219	2:9	t0zb			ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος & ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος	1	See how you translated this term in the previous verse.
220	2:9	yg44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	John provides this background information about who knew where the wine came from in order to emphasize the veracity of this miracle. The head waiter did not know that the wine was originally water from the water pots. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
221	2:9	xfwq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	φωνεῖ	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
222	2:10	qoch		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶς ἄνθρωπος	1	**Every man** here is an exaggeration that refers to something being a common practice. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “A man usually” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
223	2:10	vu60		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	πᾶς ἄνθρωπος	1	Although the term **man** is masculine, the head waiter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “Every person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
224	2:10	mh3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ὅταν μεθυσθῶσιν τὸν ἐλάσσω	1	This means that guests were given the cheaper wine, which is of lower quality and inferior flavor, after their senses had been dulled by drinking too much alcohol and were thus unable to tell that it was inferior wine. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the cheaper wine when they have become drunk and unable to discern the quality of the wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
225	2:11	sq53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	In this verse John provides background information about the events described in [2:1–10](../02/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
226	2:11	ear7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων	1	John wrote much about the miraculous **signs** Jesus did. Turning water into wine at the wedding is the first of those **signs**. See the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
227	2:11	z3tk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **glory** refers to the mighty power of Jesus that enabled him to do miracles. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “revealed his glorious power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
228	2:12	gw2f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	μετὰ τοῦτο	1	**After this** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time afterward” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
229	2:12	mmkj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μετὰ τοῦτο	1	Here, **this** refers to the what took place in Cana that was described in [2:1–11](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After Jesus’ first sign in Cana” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
230	2:12	h9tu			κατέβη	1	This indicates that they went from a higher place to a lower place. Capernaum is at a lower elevation than Cana.
231	2:13	xr29			ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	This indicates that Jesus went from a lower place to a higher place. Jerusalem is built on a hill.
232	2:14	sa75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστερὰς	1	These animals were used for sacrifices in the temple. People were buying animals in the temple courtyard in order to sacrifice them to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those selling oxen and sheep and pigeons for people to sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
233	2:14	qu9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κερματιστὰς	1	Jewish authorities required people who wanted to buy animals for sacrifices in the temple to exchange their money for special money from the **money changers**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who exchanged money for special money approved for temple use” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
234	2:14	i8lv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καθημένους	1	The next verse makes it clear that these people are in the temple courtyard. That area was intended for worship and not for commerce. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sitting in the temple courtyard that was intended for worship” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
235	2:15	x6et		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Here John is telling his readers what Jesus did as a result of the commerce he saw going on in the temple. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
236	2:15	nn6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	πάντας	1	Here, **them all** refers to the people selling the animals and the money changers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the sellers and money changers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
237	2:16	h6qy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου	1	Jesus uses **the house of my Father** to refer to the temple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the house of my Father, which is the temple, a house of commerce” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
238	2:16	grg3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
239	2:17	c2pu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
240	2:17	q91v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1	Here John uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
241	2:17	jp55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	ὁ ζῆλος τοῦ οἴκου σου καταφάγεταί με	1	This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
242	2:17	pvct		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1	Here, **your** refers to God and is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God’s house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
243	2:17	ua3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1	Here, **house** refers to the temple, which is often called God’s **house** in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for your house, the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
244	2:17	gg1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καταφάγεταί	1	Here, the author uses **consume** to refer to Jesus’ intense love for the temple, as if it were a fire that burned within him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be intense within” or “will be like a fire that consumes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
245	2:18	r5rw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ actions against the animal sellers and money changers in the temple. (See the discussion of this event in the General Notes to this chapter.) If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these disruptive activities in the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
246	2:19	mp6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as introducing a hypothetical situation rather than as a command. Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which the event in the second clause would happen if the event in the first clause took place. In this case, Jesus would certainly **raise** the **temple** up if the Jewish authorities were to **destroy** it. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, then in three days I will raise it up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
247	2:19	of4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1	Here, John records Jesus using the words **Destroy** and **raise** to describe his killing and resurrection, as if tearing down and rebuilding a building. However, the Jewish leaders did not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
248	2:20	qb4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν?	1	The Jewish leaders are using the question form for emphasis. They think that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and rebuild it in three days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
249	2:21-22	g6jx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory		0	# General Information:\n\n[2:21–22](../02/21.md) are a comment John made about the story that was described in [2:13–20](../02/13.md). These verses tell about something that happened later. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
250	2:21	b440		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔλεγεν	1	Here, **that one** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But Jesus was speaking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
251	2:22	oznm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	**Therefore** indicates that in this verse John is giving the result of Jesus making the statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this about his body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
252	2:22	jejg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
253	2:22	nxug			ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, John is speaking about something that happened long after the event described in the previous verses. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.
254	2:22	ewi1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦτο & τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Here, **this** and **the word** refer back to Jesus’ statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this statement about his body … the word about his body that Jesus had spoken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
255	2:22	gq2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τῇ Γραφῇ	1	John is speaking of **the Scripture** in general, not of one particular book within the Bible. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
256	2:23	kvn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις	1	**Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after the previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
257	2:23	n807			ἐν τῷ Πάσχα ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	These two phrases could refer to: (1) two different parts of the festival, **the Passover** referring to the first day of **the festival**, and **the festival** referring to the Festival of Unleavened Bread that begins at Passover and was one week long. Alternate translation: “at the Passover, during the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (2) the same event. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival”
258	2:23	w3qv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **name** represents the person of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
259	2:23	ipd6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα	1	Here, **seeing** indicates the reason why the people were believing in Jesus. These people were only believing in Jesus because of the miracles he performed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they saw his signs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
260	2:23	u65n			τὰ σημεῖα	1	See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
261	2:24	cm49			οὐκ ἐπίστευεν αὑτὸν αὐτοῖς	1	Although many people were believing in him, Jesus knew that their belief was superficial and only lasted as long as he performed miracles for them. Therefore, he did not trust them the way he trusted his true disciples. Alternate translation: “did not trust them as true disciples” or “did not believe their belief in him”
262	2:24	f2n7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τὸ αὐτὸν γινώσκειν πάντας	1	Although the word **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “he knew all people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
263	2:25	et23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου & τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1	Although both instances of the word **man** are masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “about mankind … what was in mankind” or “about people … what was in people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
264	2:25	lxro		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1	This refers to the inner thoughts and desires of people, which some cultures refer to as “the heart.” (See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.) If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what people think” or “the thoughts and desires people have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
265	3:intro	i7a7				0	# John 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus teaches Nicodemus about being born again (3:1–21)\n2. John the Baptist testifies about Jesus (3:22–36)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nThe Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong, and to begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### The kingdom of God\n\nThe kingdom of God is a concept that is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when Jesus returns and rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is God ruling and people embracing God’s rule over their lives. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])\n\n### Born again\n\nA major idea in this chapter is the spiritual new birth that Jesus says is necessary in order for someone to enter the kingdom of God [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Jesus also uses the following expressions to refer to being born again: “born from water and the Spirit” ([3:4](../03/04.md)) and “born from the Spirit” ([3:6,8](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]])\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” twice in this chapter ([3:13–14](../03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
266	3:1	yl6f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	**Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related in the previous chapter. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
267	3:1	s9p9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἦν & ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων, Νικόδημος ὄνομα αὐτῷ,	1	Here, **there was a man** is used to introduce Nicodemus as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The phrase **from the Pharisees** identifies him as member of a strict Jewish religious sect. Alternate translation: “there was a man named Nicodemus, who was a member of a strict Jewish religious group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
268	3:1	fz6f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄρχων τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	This phrase means that Nicodemus was a member of the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a member of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
269	3:2	sxo1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1	**This one** here refers to Nicodemus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Nicodemus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
270	3:2	n84a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
271	3:2	skq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1	Here, **we** is exclusive. Nicodemus is only referring to himself and the other members of the Jewish council. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
272	3:2	hxcr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ ὁ Θεὸς μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, Nicodemus uses **with him** to refer to God’s help. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without God’s help” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
273	3:3	nz18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
274	3:3	svpx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν	1	The phrase **born again** is a metaphor that refers to spiritual rebirth. See the discussion of this expression in the General Notes to this chapter. Nicodemus does not understand this metaphor and Jesus does not explain it to him in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
275	3:3	t8pt			γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν	1	Here, the word translated **again** could also be translated as “from above.” It could refer to: (1) spiritual rebirth as a second birth that takes place in addition to physical birth. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “would be born again” (2) spiritual rebirth as a birth that is caused by God, in which case “above” is a euphemism for God. Alternate translation: “would be born from above” (3) spiritual rebirth as both a second birth and a birth caused by God. See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “would be born again by God”
276	3:3	i0ew		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδεῖν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here Jesus uses **see** to refer to experiencing an event or state. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
277	3:3	ikj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here this phrase refers to both the place where God currently rules in heaven and to the earth when God rules over it in the future. See the discussion of this concept in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
278	3:4	z64b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
279	3:4	wa1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι, γέρων ὤν?	1	Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
280	3:4	yk9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι?	1	Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He surely cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
281	3:5	il52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
282	3:5	n6d7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος	1	The phrase **born from water and Spirit** could refer to: (1) spiritual birth that includes cleansing from sin and spiritual transformation by the Holy Spirit. In this case, Jesus’ words would be understood as a reference to Ezekiel 36:25–27, which Nicodemus would have been familiar with. Alternate translation: “would be born again by cleansing and the Spirit.” (2) physical birth and spiritual birth. Alternate translation: “would be born physically and spiritually” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
283	3:5	e1dj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here Jesus uses **enter into** to refer to experiencing something. The meaning is similar to the meaning of “see” in [3:3](../03/03.md). Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
284	3:5	m37g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you translated this phrase in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
285	3:6	gswx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “What flesh has given birth to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
286	3:6	rru5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς σαρκὸς, σάρξ ἐστιν	1	Here Jesus is describing human beings by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. The word **flesh** here does not refer to sinful human nature as it does in other verses in the New Testament. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a human being is a human being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
287	3:6	v3g8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what has been born again by means of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
288	3:6	lfg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πνεῦμά	1	Here, **spirit** refers to the new spiritual nature that God gives a person when they are born again. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “a new spiritual nature” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
289	3:7	t2sl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν	1	See how you translated this phrase in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
290	3:8	p87y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ	1	The word translated **wind** can also mean spirit. Jesus here speaks of the Holy Spirit, as if he were **wind**. Just like people in Jesus’ time could not understand how the **wind** blew but could observe the effects of the wind, people cannot understand how the Holy Spirit works but can witness the effects of his work. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like the wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
291	3:8	mxjc			οὕτως ἐστὶν	1	This phrase connects this sentence with the previous sentence. In the same way that people cannot understand the wind but recognize its effects, people who are not born from the Spirit cannot understand those who are born from the Spirit but can recognize the effects of the new birth. Alternate translation: “So it is with” or “So it happens with”
292	3:8	k9ay			ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md).
293	3:8	wh4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
294	3:9	g4ji		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι?	1	This question could be: (1) a genuine question that shows that Nicodemus is confused. Alternate translation: “How are these things possible” (2) a rhetorical question Nicodemus uses to add emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “These things cannot be!” or “These things are impossible!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
295	3:9	phe2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
296	3:10	gw2h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις?	1	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. He is not asking Nicodemus a question in order to get information. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!” or “You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
297	3:10	gbu5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος & οὐ γινώσκεις	1	The word **you** is singular and refers to Nicodemus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Are you, Nicodemus, the teacher … you do not understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
298	3:10	ljiy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ	1	Here, **the teacher** indicates that Nicodemus was recognized as a master teacher and religious authority in the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the renowned religious teacher in Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
299	3:10	vx3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated this phrase is the previous verse. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
300	3:11	jt1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
301	3:11	upi7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ὃ οἴδαμεν λαλοῦμεν & τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἡμῶν	1	When Jesus says **we** and **our** in this verse, he was not including Nicodemus. Jesus used these pronouns as a contrast to Nicodemus saying **we** in [3:2](../03/02.md). While Nicodemus used **we** to refer to himself and the other Jewish religious leaders, Jesus could have been referring to: (1) himself and his disciples. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “my disciples and I speak what we know … our testimony” (2) himself and the other members of the Godhead. Alternate translation: “the Father, Spirit, and I speak what we know … our testimony” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
302	3:11	j1k1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	οὐ λαμβάνετε	1	The word **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) the Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “you Jews” (2) Nicodemus and his fellow Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish leaders do not welcome” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
303	3:12	y4e9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ τὰ ἐπίγεια εἶπον ὑμῖν	1	John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since I told you earthly things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
304	3:12	pt4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν & οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν & πιστεύσετε	1	Throughout this verse, **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) the Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “you Jews … you Jews do not believe, how will you believe if I tell you” (2) Nicodemus and his fellow Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish leaders … you Jewish leaders do not believe, how will you believe if I tell you” See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
305	3:12	mf2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ ἐπίγεια	1	Here, **earthly things** refers to what Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Those things are called **earthly** because they are about things that take place on earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “these truths about what takes place on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
306	3:12	c6ia		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια, πιστεύσετε?	1	Jesus uses a question to emphasize the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
307	3:12	dfqi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ ἐπουράνια	1	Here, **heavenly things** refers to things that take place in heaven or are related to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “truths about what takes place in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
308	3:13	ld0m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the one who descended from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
309	3:13	ocj0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
310	3:14	tb3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	καὶ καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	In this verse, John records Jesus comparing his crucifixion to Moses lifting up a bronze snake. John assumes that his readers will know that Jesus is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, the Israelites complained against God, and God punished them by sending poisonous snakes to kill them. God then told Moses to make a bronze snake and raise it up on a pole so that whoever was bitten by one of the poisonous snakes and looked at the bronze snake would not die. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “And just as Moses lifted up the bronze serpent on a pole when the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
311	3:14	f9yi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for people to lift up the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
312	3:14	savl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὑψωθῆναι & τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man, to be lifted up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
313	3:14	krir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
314	3:15	e9ls		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	Here, **so that** indicates that Jesus is stating the purpose for which he would be crucified. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
315	3:16	vg6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	**For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous two verses is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
316	3:16	h4ht			οὕτως & ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον	1	Here, **so** could refer to: (1) the manner in which God loved the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God loved the world in this way” (2) the degree to which God loved the world. Alternate translation: “God loved the world so much” (3) both the manner in which and the degree to which God loved the world. For this interpretation, see the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “in this way God loved the world so much”
317	3:16	uxc2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον	1	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
318	3:16	jen2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	Here, **that** introduces the result of what the previous clause stated. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
319	3:16	fqk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1	Here, **One and Only Son** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his One and Only Son, Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
320	3:16	z8at		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1	Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “his Unique Son” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “his Only Begotten Son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
321	3:16	qpc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1	**One and Only Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
322	3:17	k8rf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	**For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous verse is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God gave his One and Only Son because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
323	3:17	b7vf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ	1	These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Use whatever form your language uses for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For God truly sent his Son into the world so that he might save it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
324	3:17	haut		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν	1	**Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
325	3:17	mjjg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν & δι’ αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “me … through me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
326	3:17	amqn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν κόσμον	1	Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the universe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
327	3:17	f5o9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἵνα κρίνῃ	1	Here, **he** refers to God; it does not refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that God might condemn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
328	3:17	zv1i			ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον	1	The word translated **condemn** means to judge someone to be guilty and deserving of punishment. Alternate translation: “so that he might judge the world as guilty”
329	3:17	ynyh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον & ὁ κόσμος	2	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world … the people in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
330	3:17	kuow		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “so that God might save the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
331	3:17	exd0			δι’ αὐτοῦ	1	This phrase indicates the means by which God would save the world. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
332	3:18	zl5p			οὐ κρίνεται & ἤδη κέκριται	1	The word translated **condemn** means to judge someone to be guilty and deserving of punishment. See how you translated this term in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “is not judged as guilty … has already been judged as guilty”
333	3:18	x14j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	εἰς αὐτὸν	1	Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
334	3:18	tmz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν οὐ κρίνεται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God does not condemn the one who believes in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
335	3:18	t21p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ μὴ πιστεύων, ἤδη κέκριται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “but God has already condemned the one who does not believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
336	3:18	ps4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μὴ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here, **name** represents Jesus’ identity and everything about him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has not believed in the One and Only Son of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
337	3:18	q8ku			τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “of the Unique Son of God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “of the Only Begotten Son of God”
338	3:18	eb54		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
339	3:19	z9d2			ἡ κρίσις	1	Here, **judgment** could refer to: (1) a verdict a judge pronounces in a court trial. Alternate translation: “the verdict” (2) the reason for a condemning judgment. Alternate translation: “the basis for condemnation”
340	3:19	t9z5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον & ἢ τὸ φῶς	1	Here Jesus uses **light** to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. See how you translated this term in those places where **the light** also refers to Jesus in the [1:7–9](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, has come into the world … than Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
341	3:19	gh4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον & ἢ τὸ φῶς	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “I, the light, have come into the world … than me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
342	3:19	fvvg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
343	3:19	h4nk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι & τὸ σκότος	1	Here Jesus uses **darkness** to refer to what is false and evil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of light and darkness in the General Notes for Chapter 1. Alternate translation: “men loved evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
344	3:20	velv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	**For** here indicates another reason why men love the darkness, as stated in the previous verse. People who do evil things hate the light. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
345	3:20	bus8			πᾶς & ὁ φαῦλα πράσσων	1	This phrase refers to someone who habitually does evil things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does evil”
346	3:20	cg3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς, καὶ & πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1	See how you translated **the light** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, and … to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
347	3:20	s49o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸ φῶς, καὶ & πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “me, the light, and … to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
348	3:20	u25p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the light might not expose his deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
349	3:21	q77t			ὁ & ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1	This phrase refers to someone who habitually does true things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does the truth”
350	3:21	kpb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὁ & ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the one who does true things” or “the one who does what is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
351	3:21	ud15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1	See how you translated **the light** in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “comes to Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
352	3:21	k8wr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. See how you translated this expression in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
353	3:21	l7ax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the light might reveal his deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
354	3:21	de2j			ὅτι ἐν Θεῷ ἐστιν εἰργασμένα	1	This clause indicates what the light will reveal about the deeds of those who come to the light. The phrase **in God** indicates that the works these people have done were done with God’s help and not by their own strength or effort. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that they have been done with God’s help”
355	3:22	uy4j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
356	3:23	m4yg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
357	3:23	x1ge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Αἰνὼν	1	**Aenon** is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. **Aenon** is the Aramaic word for springs of water, which explains John’s comment in the next clause about there being much water there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
358	3:23	e5v2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Σαλείμ	1	**Salim** is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
359	3:23	ukz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that John the Baptist did it. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing them” or “he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
360	3:24	v13x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὔπω & ἦν βεβλημένος & ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, [Mark 6:17](../../mrk/06/17.md) implies that Herod did it. Alternate translation: “Herod had not yet thrown John”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
361	3:25	fuq2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **dispute**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Then the disciples of John began arguing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
362	3:25	ft8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου μετὰ Ἰουδαίου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then John’s disciples and a Jew began to dispute” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
363	3:25	qzq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1	Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
364	3:26	uuvj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἦλθον	1	Here, **they** refers to John the Baptist’s disciples, who were disputing in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s disciples went” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
365	3:26	cxy7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃς ἦν μετὰ σοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, ᾧ σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας	1	This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who was with you beyond the Jordan, about whom you had testified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
366	3:26	jr28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει	1	John the Baptist’s disciples used the term **behold** to call John’s attention to what Jesus was doing. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. Alternate translation: “see how he is baptizing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
367	3:26	j8di		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν	1	Here John the Baptist’s disciples use the word **all** as a generalization for emphasis. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “it seems like everyone is going to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
368	3:27	kl21		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος	1	John is speaking of people in general, not of one particular man. Alternate translation: “A person is not able” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
369	3:27	f818		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “heaven has given it to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
370	3:27	hap4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	Here John the Baptist uses **heaven** to refer to God, who dwells in **heaven**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “it has been given to him by God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
371	3:28	l9yt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς	1	Here, **You** is plural and refers to all the people to whom John the Baptist is talking. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
372	3:28	p92u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι εἶπον, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὁ Χριστός, ἀλλ’, ὅτι ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that I said that I am not the Christ but that I have been sent before that one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
373	3:28	nf9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God sent me before that one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
374	3:28	vguf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐκείνου	1	Here, **that one** refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Christ” in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
375	3:29	p569		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην, νυμφίος ἐστίν & τοῦ νυμφίου & τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ νυμφίου	1	John the Baptist uses **bride** and **bridegroom** to refer to people who believe in Jesus and Jesus himself, respectively. Since these are important terms for Christians and for Jesus, you should translate the words directly and not provide a plain explanation in the text of your translation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words with similes. Alternate translation: “The one who is like one who has a bride is like a bridegroom … of the one who is like a bridegroom … of the voice of one who is like a bridegroom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
376	3:29	nd5o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ δὲ φίλος τοῦ νυμφίου, ὁ ἑστηκὼς καὶ ἀκούων αὐτοῦ, χαρᾷ χαίρει	1	John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “But I am the friend of the bridegroom, and I stood and heard him, and I rejoice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
377	3:29	nfvx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	χαρᾷ χαίρει	1	These words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much joy John had because Jesus had come. Alternate translation: “rejoices greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
378	3:29	wkb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὕτη & ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I rejoice greatly” or “I rejoice with complete joy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
379	3:29	hnw2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	αὕτη & ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ	1	Here, **my** refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this joy that I, John, have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
380	3:30	kn9s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν	1	Here, **that one** refers to Jesus, whom John the Baptist called “the bridegroom” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “It is necessary for Jesus to increase” or “It is necessary for the bridegroom to increase” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
381	3:30	u5e0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αὐξάνειν & ἐλαττοῦσθαι	1	John the Baptist uses **increase** to refer to growing in importance and influence, while **decrease** refers to diminishing in importance and influence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be more influential … to be less influential” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
382	3:31	wu2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν & ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John repeats himself to emphasize that Jesus is greater than every person and every thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and include words that show emphasis. Alternate translation: “The one who comes from heaven is certainly above all things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
383	3:31	qd7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν & ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1	Both of these phrases refer to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the one who comes from above, is above all things … Jesus, the one who comes from heaven, is above all things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
384	3:31	ksp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἄνωθεν	1	Here John the Baptist uses **above** to refer to heaven, the place where God dwells. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
385	3:31	on9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1	John the Baptist uses **above** to refer to having superior status. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
386	3:31	mhk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν, καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ	1	Here, John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person, but the statement is also true for all humans other than Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who is from the earth, am from the earth and speak from the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
387	3:31	p05h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1	This phrase refers to having an earthly origin, which is the case for John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “originates from the earth” or “has an earthly origin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
388	3:31	ar7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ	1	This phrase refers to speaking based on an earthly perspective, which is the perspective of John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and speaks from an earthly perspective” or “and speaks as someone from the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
389	3:31	yj2t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	2	John the Baptist uses **above** to refer to having superior status. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
390	3:32	c5yt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ & μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ	1	**He** and **his** in this verse refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus testifies about that which he has seen and heard … Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
391	3:32	umek		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν	1	This phrase refers to what Jesus saw and heard while he was in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which he has seen and heard in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
392	3:32	kqi1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει	1	Here, John the Baptist exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believed Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “very few people receive his testimony” or “it seems like no one receives his testimony” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
393	3:33	k36d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1	This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who has received his testimony” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
394	3:33	ygba		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1	Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
395	3:33	g5x4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐσφράγισεν	1	This expression refers to placing a **seal** on a document in order to certify that what is written in the document is true. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/seal]]) Here this meaning is extended to refer to certifying that God is true. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice of sealing documents, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “has certified” or “has attested” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
396	3:34	rr83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃν & ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς	1	This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
397	3:34	p9wt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	2	**For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous sentence is true. We know that Jesus speaks the words of God because God has given him the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We know this because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
398	3:34	bnx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὐ & δίδωσιν	1	Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God does not give” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
399	3:34	hmky		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐ & ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα	1	John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context, especially this discussion of God giving to his Son in the next verse. Alternate translation: “he does not give the Spirit to him by measure” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
400	3:34	cdia		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	οὐ & ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα	1	This clause is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he certainly gives the Spirit without measure” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
401	3:35	hmk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ & Υἱόν	1	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
402	3:35	ha4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πάντα δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, giving **into his hand** means putting under his power or control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “has given him control over everything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
403	3:36	u1ks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ πιστεύων	1	This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who believes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
404	3:36	ob32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν & τῷ Υἱῷ	1	**Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
405	3:36	hpte		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ & ἀπειθῶν	2	This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “anyone who disobeys” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
406	3:36	joql			ὁ & ἀπειθῶν	2	The word translated **disobeys** can also be translated “does not believe.” Alternate translation: “the one who does not believe”
407	3:36	ni86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1	John the Baptist uses **see** metaphorically to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not experience life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
408	3:36	pzf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1	Here, **life** refers to eternal life, as indicated by the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not see eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
409	3:36	zy7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God will continue to be angry against him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
410	4:intro	j1hv				0	# John 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus leaves Judea for Galilee (4:1–6)\n2. Jesus meets a Samaritan woman (4:7–14)\n3. Jesus teaches the Samaritan woman about worship (4:15–26)\n4. Jesus teaches his disciples about evangelism (4:27–38)\n5. Jesus’ ministry in Samaria (4:39–42)\n6. Jesus goes to Galilee (4:43–45)\n7. Jesus’ second sign: he heals an official’s son (4:46–54)\n\n[John 4:7–38](../04/07.md) forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”\n\nJews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria, because Jews and Samaritans were longtime enemies who hated each other. So Jesus did what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/samaria]])\n\n### “an hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. In such instances, “hour” refers to a point in time when something happens, not a set length of time. For example, “an hour … when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth” refers to the point in time when people begin to do so ([4:23](../04/23.md)).\n\n### The proper place of worship\n\nLong before Jesus came to earth, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up their own temple on Mount Gerizim ([4:20](../04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the Samaritan woman that in the near future it would no longer be important where people worshiped ([4:21–24](../04/21.md)).\n\n### Harvest\n\nHarvest refers to the time when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### “The Samaritan woman”\n\nJohn probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and would later kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “in spirit and truth”\n\nThe people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him for who the Bible says he is are the ones who truly please him. The place where they worship him is not important.
411	4:1	jum6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	[4:1–6](../04/01.md) give the background to the next event, which is Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
412	4:1	ci4n			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJohn 4:1–3 is one long sentence. It may be necessary in your language to divide this long sentence into several shorter sentences.
413	4:1	b1vc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης	1	If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
414	4:1	h6ek		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	**Then** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, when Jesus knew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
415	4:2	d4ng		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν	1	Here, **himself** is used to emphasize that Jesus was not baptizing disciples, but his disciples were doing the baptizing. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
416	4:2	qz7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Here John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but his disciples were baptizing people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
417	4:5	ukxr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	ἔρχεται οὖν	1	**Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in [4:3](../04/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After leaving Judea, he comes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
418	4:5	ff7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
419	4:5	vqjm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Συχὰρ	1	**Sychar** is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
420	4:6	bd8s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκεῖ	1	In this case, **there** refers to the town of Sychar mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “there at Sychar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
421	4:6	vwdf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὁ οὖν Ἰησοῦς	1	**Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “When Jesus came to Sychar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
422	4:6	lovl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	κεκοπιακὼς	1	This clause indicates the reason why Jesus sat by the well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he had grown weary” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
423	4:6	mwi2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας	1	This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus had grown weary. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the journey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
424	4:6	yjzo			ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη	1	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the sixth hour** indicates a time in the middle of the day, when it would be the hottest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about noon” or “about 12:00 PM”
425	4:7	kswz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται & λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
426	4:7	g82d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	δός μοι πεῖν	1	This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give me to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
427	4:7	urgd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	δός μοι πεῖν	1	Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “Give me something to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
428	4:8	u29c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν	1	This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus asked the woman for water. The disciples had gone away and taken the tools for drawing water with them, so that Jesus could not draw the water himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because his disciples had gone away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
429	4:9	dpoh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
430	4:9	xdw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς γυναικὸς Σαμαρείτιδος οὔσης?	1	The woman is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate her words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan woman for a drink!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
431	4:9	px8w			οὐ & συνχρῶνται	1	Alternate translation: “do not associate with” or “have nothing to do with”
432	4:10	redz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ᾔδεις τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι & σὺ ἂν ᾔτησας αὐτὸν	1	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He knows that the woman does not know the gift of God or who he is. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “You surely do not know the gift of God and who it is who is saying to you … Otherwise, you would have asked him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
433	4:10	i9eg			τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here, **the gift of God** refers to the “living water” that Jesus mentions at the end of the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s gift of living water”
434	4:10	ed4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus uses **of** to describe a **gift** that comes from **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gift from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
435	4:10	oywu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι & ᾔτησας αὐτὸν, καὶ ἔδωκεν	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “who I am who is saying to you … would have asked me, and I would have given” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
436	4:10	ua0b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ λέγων σοι, δός μοι πεῖν,	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “who is asking you to give him a drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
437	4:10	zub5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ὕδωρ ζῶν	1	The phrase **living water** usually refers to moving or flowing water. However, Jesus uses **living water** here to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, the woman does not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to her in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
438	4:11	pf7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
439	4:11	mw2b			κύριε	1	The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
440	4:11	nwln			τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ζῶν	1	See how you translated **the living water** in the previous verse.
441	4:12	di9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ, ὃς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὸ φρέαρ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ?	1	The woman is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate her words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Jacob, who gave us the well and drank from it himself, and his sons and his cattle!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
442	4:12	sj7n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν	1	Here, John records the woman leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “drank water from it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
443	4:13	leu7			διψήσει πάλιν	1	Alternate translation: “will need to drink water again”
444	4:14	udxp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ὃς δ’ ἂν πίῃ ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος οὗ ἐγὼ δώσω αὐτῷ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει & τὸ ὕδωρ ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ γενήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πηγὴ ὕδατος, ἁλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	Jesus speaks about receiving the Holy Spirit by continuing the metaphor of water. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “but whoever is like one who drinks from the water that I will give him will be like one who never thirsts … the water that I will give him will become like a fountain of water in him, resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
445	4:15	vzoy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
446	4:15	iz1p			κύριε	1	The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
447	4:15	hd9f			ἀντλεῖν	1	Here, **draw** refers to taking water out of a well using a container that can hold water. Alternate translation: “get water” or “pull water up from the well”
448	4:16	ii7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
449	4:17	h5pt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
450	4:17	bg94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καλῶς εἶπας, ὅτι ἄνδρα οὐκ ἔχω	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “You have rightly said that you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
451	4:18	zpl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας	1	**This you have said** refers to the Samaritan woman’s statement in the previous verse that she did not have a husband. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have spoken the truth when you said you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
452	4:19	tzs3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
453	4:19	kfs1			κύριε	1	The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
454	4:19	za2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ	1	The woman uses **see** to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I understand that you are a prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
455	4:20	hp3m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ	1	Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim, the mountain where the Samaritans built their own temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
456	4:20	keg4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1	Here the word **you** is plural and refers to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Jewish people say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
457	4:20	m27n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ τόπος	1	Here, **the place** refers to the Jewish temple, the place where God commanded his people to worship at that time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
458	4:21	klz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
459	4:21	tisq			γύναι	1	Here, **woman** refers to the Samaritan woman. If it is impolite to call someone “woman” in your language, you can use another word that is polite, or leave it out.
460	4:21	eccs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1	Here, **hour** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “a point in time is coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
461	4:21	ff27		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
462	4:21	nu5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ	1	Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim. See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
463	4:22	guu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμεῖς & οὐκ οἴδατε	1	**You** is plural here in this verse and refers to the Samaritan people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Samaritan people … you all do not know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
464	4:22	c54u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς & οἴδαμεν	1	**We** here is exclusive. Jesus is only referring to himself and the Jewish people. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “We Jewish people … we all know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
465	4:22	i2df		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν	1	The phrase **from the Jews** indicates that the Jewish people were the people group from which **salvation** came. This is true because the Savior Jesus was from the Jewish people. This phrase does not mean that the Jewish people themselves will save others from their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for salvation comes from among the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
466	4:22	yj1y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ σωτηρία	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the way to be saved” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
467	4:23	bs1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1	See the discussion of **an hour is coming** in the General Notes to this chapter and see how you translated this phrase in verse [21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
468	4:23	k1gf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ & ὁ Πατὴρ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
469	4:23	fb51			ἐν πνεύματι	1	Here, **spirit** could refer to: (1) the inner person, which is what a person thinks and feels. Alternate translation: “with their spirits” (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Holy Spirit”
470	4:23	utt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	Here, **truth** refers to thinking correctly of what is true about God, which is revealed in the Bible. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in spirit and in accordance with God’s Word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
471	4:24	pfdv			ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
472	4:25	ip1u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
473	4:25	lp44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	**Christ** is the Greek translation of **Messiah**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one called Christ in the Greek language” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
474	4:25	ek2f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος	1	Here, **he** and **that one** refer to the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “When the Messiah may come, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
475	4:25	u8nb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα	1	The words **declare everything** imply all that the people need to know. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will tell us all that we need to know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
476	4:25	izgt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	When the woman said “us,” she was including the people to whom she was speaking, so this would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
477	4:26	lvgs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
478	4:26	rbgo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ λαλῶν σοι	1	Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this would confuse your readers, you can use the first person form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
479	4:27	vk5j			ἐπὶ τούτῳ	1	Alternate translation: “at the time he said this” or “just as Jesus was saying this”
480	4:27	p39j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει	1	In the culture of that time, it was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a **woman** he did not know, especially if they were alone or if that woman was a Samaritan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they were amazed that he was speaking alone with an unknown woman, because people didn’t usually do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
481	4:27	cbc9			τί ζητεῖς?	1	This question could be spoken to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “What do you want from this woman?” (2) the woman. Alternate translation: “What do you want from him?”
482	4:28	f13n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
483	4:28	iu9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	Here, **the men** could refer to: (1) the men who lived in the nearby town and would have been working out in the fields at that time. Alternate translation: “to the men of the town” (2) the people who lived in the nearby town. Alternate translation: “to the people of the town” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
484	4:29	hb5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα	1	The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me even though I never met him before” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
485	4:29	dl18			μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός?	1	This question is not a rhetorical question. The woman is not sure that Jesus is the **Christ**, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer. However, the fact that she asked the question instead of making a statement indicates that she is uncertain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in a way that shows her uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that this is the Christ?”
486	4:30	d4fu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐξῆλθον	1	**They** here refers to the men or people from the town to whom the woman had spoken. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Your translation will depend on how you translated “the men” in verse [28](../04/28.md). Alternate translation: “The men of the town went out” or “The nearby townspeople went out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
487	4:31	t6hy			ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ	1	Alternate translation: “While the woman was going into town” or “During the time that the woman was in the town”
488	4:31	mgs7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the disciples were urging him, and they said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
489	4:31	z7wy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	Ῥαββεί, φάγε	1	Here, **eat** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, please eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
490	4:32	j8h2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν	1	Here Jesus uses the word **food** to refer to doing God’s will, as he states in [4:34](../04/34.md). However, his disciples do not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
491	4:33	w451			μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν?	1	The disciples think Jesus is literally talking about something **to eat**. They begin asking each other this question, expecting a “no” response. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in a way that shows their uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that someone brought him food to eat?”
492	4:34	bnke		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
493	4:34	tvp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον	1	Here Jesus uses **food** to refer to obeying God’s **will**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “Like food satisfies a hungry person, doing the will of the one who sent me and completing his work satisfies me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
494	4:34	l64q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, the one who sent me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
495	4:35	u5d6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι ἔτι τετράμηνός ἐστιν καὶ ὁ θερισμὸς ἔρχεται?	1	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely say, ‘There are still four months, and the harvest comes’!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
496	4:35	y5d7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus using the term **Behold** to call the disciples’ attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
497	4:35	coiv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν	1	This phrase, **lift up your eyes**, is a common idiom in the Bible that is used to describe the act of looking at something or direct one’s own attention toward something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
498	4:35	tyw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας	1	Jesus uses the word **fields** to refer to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “see these people who are like fields” or “see these people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
499	4:35	oq29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη	1	Jesus uses the phrase **white for harvest** to say that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. If it would be helpful in your language, you could convey the meaning with a simile or do it plainly. Alternate translation: “they are like a field that is ready to be harvested” or “they are already ready to believe my message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
500	4:36	rd63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων & καὶ ὁ θερίζων	1	Jesus continues to speak to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **harvesting** crops is used to refer to the act of proclaiming Jesus’ message to those who are ready to receive it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “The one who is proclaiming the message to those who are being saved is like one who is harvesting … and the one who is like a harvester” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
501	4:36	qtf8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	μισθὸν, λαμβάνει	1	Jesus continues to speak to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Those who proclaim Jesus’ message are described as those who receive **wages** for their labor. Here, **wages** refers to the joy those who proclaim the message will receive, as indicated by the last clause in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “has great joy that is like wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
502	4:36	qc31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	Jesus continues to speak to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Jesus uses the phrase**fruit for eternal life** to refer to people who believe his message and are forgiven for their sins, so that they can have eternal life with God in heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that the one who is harvesting gathers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
503	4:36	nuku		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ὁ σπείρων	1	Jesus continues to speak to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **sowing** seed is used to refer to the act of preparing people to receive Jesus’ message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who is preparing people to receive the message is like one who is sowing seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
504	4:37	w4xn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν & τούτῳ	1	Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the statements in the rest of this verse and the next verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I am about to say,” (2) the statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I have just said,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
505	4:37	rqe7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων	1	Jesus continues to speak to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **sowing** is used to refer to preparing people to receive the message of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “One preparing people to receive the message is like one sowing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
506	4:37	eqwf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων	1	Jesus continues to speak to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvesting** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “the one proclaiming the message to those who are receiving it is like one harvesting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
507	4:38	cpob		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμᾶς & ὑμεῖς & ὑμεῖς	1	In this verse **you** is plural and refers to the disciples to whom Jesus is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you who are my disciples … you … you disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
508	4:38	tu2y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ἐγὼ ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς θερίζειν	1	Jesus continues to speak to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvest** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “I sent you to successfully proclaim my message like those who harvest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
509	4:38	lq36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε	1	This phrase refers to those who received Jesus’ message when his disciples proclaimed it to them. Although the disciples did not prepare those people to receive the message, they enjoyed the benefits of seeing those people trust in Jesus for salvation. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people whom you previously did not prepare to receive the message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
510	4:38	fbcv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄλλοι κεκοπιάκασιν	1	**Others** here refers to those people who prepared people to receive Jesus’ message before Jesus’ disciples successfully proclaimed that message to them. This would include Jesus, John the Baptist, and possibly the Old Testament prophets as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Others such as myself and the prophets have labored” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
511	4:38	slw4			ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε	1	Here, **entered into** means to have joined others or participated with others in doing something. Alternate translation: “you have joined in doing their work”
512	4:39	nbcd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκ & τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης	1	Here, **that city** refers to the Samaritan city of Sychar. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
513	4:39	qda3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα	1	Here, **all things** is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “He told me many things that I have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
514	4:40	w3ck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτὸν & αὐτὸν & ἔμεινεν	1	In this verse **him** and **he** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus … Jesus … Jesus stayed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
515	4:41	qrj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus proclaimed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
516	4:42	u7ev		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἔλεγον	1	Here, **they** refers to the Samaritans from Sychar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the local Samaritans said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
517	4:42	ciyt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	πιστεύομεν & ἀκηκόαμεν & οἴδαμεν	1	**We** throughout this verse refers to the Samaritan townspeople who came to Jesus apart from the Samaritan woman, so the pronoun would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
518	4:42	fpdj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὗτός	1	Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
519	4:42	k4cz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κόσμου	1	Here, **world** refers to everyone throughout the world who believes in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
520	4:43	n1mk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	μετὰ δὲ τὰς δύο ἡμέρας	1	This phrase introduces a new event that happened after the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After he had spent two days in Samaria” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
521	4:43	gj2f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν	1	Here, **there** could refer to: (1) the Samaritan city of Sychar. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (2) the region of Samaria in general. Alternate translation: “from Samaria” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
522	4:44	ic94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Here, **for** indicates that this verse provides one reason why Jesus wanted to go to Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he went to Galilee because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
523	4:44	t1li		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρτύρησεν	1	The reflexive pronoun **himself** is added to emphasize that Jesus had **testified** or said this. You can translate this in your language in a way that will give emphasis to a person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
524	4:44	fx22			προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι, τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει	1	Alternate translation: “people do not show respect or honor to a prophet of their own country” or “a prophet is not respected by the people in his own community”
525	4:44	syl9			ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι	1	This could refer to: (1) the whole region of Galilee where Jesus came from. Alternate translation: “in the Galilee region where he was from” (2) the specific town Jesus grew up in, which is Nazareth. Alternate translation: “in his hometown of Nazareth”
526	4:45	inup		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτε οὖν	1	Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of what Jesus had testified in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of this being true, when” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
527	4:45	ews8			ἐδέξαντο αὐτὸν οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι	1	Since this verse gives the result of Jesus saying in the previous verse that a prophet was not honored in his own country, it is important to indicate that welcoming Jesus was not the same as honoring him. They **welcomed him** because he did miracles, not because they honored him as a prophet. Alternate translation: “the Galileans only welcomed him”
528	4:45	lm4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1	This clause indicates the reason why the Galileans welcomed Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they had seen all the things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
529	4:45	r65x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1	Here, **all** is an exaggeration that refers to the Galileans having seen many of Jesus’ miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having seen many of the things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
530	4:45	v9la		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ & εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν	1	Here, **the festival** refers the Passover festival, as indicated in [2:12–25](../02/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival … to the Passover” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
531	4:46	ffm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1	**Then** indicates that the events which the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus entered Galilee and the Galileans welcomed him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
532	4:46	bp3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	καὶ ἦν τις βασιλικὸς	1	This phrase introduces a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression **royal official** identifies this man as someone who was in the service of the king. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man who was a government official who served the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
533	4:47	brcf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1	**He** here refers to the royal official. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The official” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
534	4:47	eqga		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἤμελλεν	1	Here, **he** refers to the royal official’s son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the official’s son was about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
535	4:48	u73r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only if you see signs and wonders will you believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
536	4:48	hlts		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἴδητε & πιστεύσητε	1	The word **you** is plural in this verse. This means that Jesus was not only speaking to the royal official, but also to the other people who were there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all would see … you all would … believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
537	4:48	n3ot		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα	1	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **wonders** describes the character of Jesus’ miraculous **signs**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “wonderful miraculous signs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
538	4:49	ui6f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
539	4:49	y3vi			κύριε	1	The royal official calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. See how you translated this word in [4:11](../04/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
540	4:49	ycdt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	κατάβηθι	1	This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “please come down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
541	4:50	n5mo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
542	4:50	cbtv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	Here, **The man** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The royal official” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
543	4:50	uwa3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσεν & τῷ λόγῳ	1	Here, **word** refers to all that Jesus said to the man. It does not refer to one specific word that Jesus said. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “believed the words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
544	4:51	a5gw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	In this verse **he**, **his**, and **him** refer to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
545	4:51	h5h4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγοντες, ὅτι ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ ζῇ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. You will also need to adjust the sentence to indicate to whom they are speaking. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘Your son lives’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
546	4:52	x2ta		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐπύθετο οὖν τὴν ὥραν παρ’ αὐτῶν ἐν ᾗ κομψότερον ἔσχεν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “So he asked from them, ‘In what hour did he begin to improve?’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
547	4:52	y2e9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἔσχεν	1	Here, **he** refers to the royal official’s son who was ill. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his son began to improve” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
548	4:52	qdye			ὥραν ἑβδόμην	1	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, the seventh hour indicates a time in the middle of the day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “at about one o’clock in the afternoon”
549	4:53	tlgi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ πατὴρ	1	Here, **the father** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
550	4:53	qek2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ υἱός σου ζῇ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus had said to him that his son lives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
551	4:53	jhg4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς	1	John uses the word **himself** to emphasize the importance of this event. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “that same royal official … believed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
552	4:54	k5x6			τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	This verse is a comment about the events described in [4:46–53](../04/46.md). John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did. This is the second of those signs. Alternate translation: “That was the second sign Jesus did”
553	4:54	jvfs			σημεῖον	1	See how you translated the term **sign** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
554	5:intro	qe17				0	# John 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ third sign: he heals a paralyzed man (5:1–9)\n2. Jewish leaders oppose Jesus’ ministry (5:10–18)\n3. Jesus says he is equal with God (5:19–30)\n4. Jesus’ witnesses are John the Baptist, Jesus’ works, God, and the Scriptures (5:31–47)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Healing water\n\nMany of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.” The man Jesus healed in this chapter was one of those people ([5:2–7](../05/02.md)).\n\n### Testimony\n\nIn the Bible, a testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. In this chapter, Jesus tells the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was ([5:34–37](../05/34.md)). This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do ([5:44–47](../05/44.md)).\n\n### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus mentions two resurrections, the resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment ([5:28–29](../05/28.md)). Regarding the resurrection of life, God will make some people alive again, and they will live with him forever, because he gives them his grace. Regarding the resurrection of judgment, God will make some people alive again and they will live apart from him forever, because he will treat them justly.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man\n\nJesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([5:19](../05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([5:25](../05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
555	5:1	urn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	[5:1–4](../05/01.md) give background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
556	5:1	ea65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
557	5:1	z4th			ἀνέβη & εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	**Jerusalem** is located on the top of a hill. Therefore, roads to **Jerusalem** went **up**. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground or going down a gill, you should use it here.
558	5:2	h3w5			κολυμβήθρα	1	This **pool** was a large manmade hole in the ground that people filled with water and used for bathing. Sometimes they lined these pools with tiles or stones.
559	5:2	w377		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστὶ	1	When John says **in Hebrew** in his Gospel, he refers to the language spoken by the Jews during his time. This language is now called Jewish Aramaic. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jewish Aramaic” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
560	5:2	dt12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Βηθζαθά	1	**Bethesda** is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
561	5:2	luz3			στοὰς	1	These **porches** were structures with roofs that had at least one wall missing and were attached to the sides of buildings.
562	5:5	r1gt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἦν δέ τις ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ	1	This verse introduces the man lying beside the pool as a new character to the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
563	5:5	bez8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦν & ἐκεῖ	1	Here, **there** refers being at the pool called Bethesda in verse [2](../05/02.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “was at the Bethesda pool” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
564	5:6	w97q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
565	5:7	aeu3			κύριε	1	The man calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
566	5:7	ny5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, verse [4](../05/04.md) indicates who the man believed was doing the action. Alternate translation: “when an angel moves the water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
567	5:7	kul6			εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν	1	See how you translated **pool** in verse [2](../05/02.md).
568	5:7	u93g			ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει	1	The man believed that only the first person to enter the water after the water stirred would be healed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “another goes down before me and is healed”
569	5:8	eqe4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
570	5:9	i4tk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ & ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	John uses the word **Now** to show that the words that follow provide background information for a new event in the story that takes place in [5:10–13](../05/10.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The day on which Jesus healed the man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
571	5:10	ja3x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
572	5:10	qydu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John indicates who did the action in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “to the one whom Jesus had healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
573	5:10	xd9b			Σάββατόν ἐστιν	1	Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “It is a Sabbath day”
574	5:10	o8eq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἆραι τὸν κράβαττον σου	1	Here, the Jewish leaders (who were probably Pharisees) said this because they thought that the man was doing work by carrying his mat, and so he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is not permitted for you, according to our law, to carry your mat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
575	5:11	en3v			ὁ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ	1	Alternate translation: “The one who made me well” or “The one who healed me of my illness”
576	5:11	kpkd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν, ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that one said to me to pick up my mat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
577	5:12	r7nx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν	1	**They** here refers to the Jewish leaders and **him** refers to the man whom Jesus had healed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
578	5:12	kryx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ εἰπών σοι, ἆρον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “who told you to pick it up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
579	5:13	qtsj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ & ἰαθεὶς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John indicates who did the action in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the one whom Jesus had healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
580	5:13	tijo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τίς ἐστιν	1	John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “who it was who had healed him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
581	5:13	sgx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὄχλου ὄντος ἐν τῷ τόπῳ	1	This could refer to: (1) the reason why Jesus left secretly. Alternate translation: “because a crowd was in the place” (2) the time when Jesus left secretly. Alternate translation: “while a crowd was in the place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
582	5:13	qzpi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	ὄχλου	1	The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
583	5:14	rl0k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	**After these things** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events which the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
584	5:14	h1ri		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	εὑρίσκει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
585	5:14	qo3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν & αὐτῷ	1	Here, **him** refers to the man whom Jesus had healed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the healed man … that man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
586	5:14	h39z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1	Jesus uses the term **Behold** to call the man’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
587	5:15	auad		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [5:10](../05/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
588	5:16	efg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, ἐδίωκον οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει ἐν Σαββάτῳ.	1	The writer uses the phrase **And because of this** to show that previous verse gave background information for what John will now present. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now the Jews began to persecute Jesus because he was doing these things on the Sabbath.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
589	5:16	ef9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1	Here, **this** refers to what the man whom Jesus had healed told the Jewish leaders. The Jewish leaders began to persecute Jesus because he had healed the man on the Sabbath, which was something they believed was against the law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Jesus had healed him on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
590	5:16	kup5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
591	5:16	acn0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει	1	This phrase indicates a second reason why the Jewish leaders began persecuting Jesus. Here, **these things** refers to Jesus healing people on the Sabbath. The plural **things** indicates that he healed on the Sabbath multiple times, not just on the occasion recorded in verses [5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was doing these healings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
592	5:16	f69o			ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
593	5:17	lq1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
594	5:18	zrmw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο οὖν	1	Here, **this** refers to what Jesus had said in the previous verse. One of the reasons why the Jewish leaders wanted to kill Jesus was that Jesus called God his Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this, therefore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
595	5:18	t5ze		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [5:10](../05/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
596	5:18	jwmx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἔλυε τὸ Σάββατον	1	The phrase **breaking the Sabbath** is an idiom that means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees themselves added many regulations which they considered to be equal to those God had given. It was the additional Jewish regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Jewish leaders very angry with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he not only was disobeying their Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
597	5:18	kpkw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
598	5:18	n8bh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ	1	This clause, **making himself equal to God**, is the result of what Jesus had said in the previous clause. The result of Jesus calling God Father is that he was claiming to be equal with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the result being that he was making himself equal to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
599	5:19	f2qp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	**Therefore** indicates that what Jesus is about to say is a response to the accusations of the Jewish leaders that were mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the Jewish leaders had made these accusations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
600	5:19	xu0e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	Here, **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who wanted to kill Jesus and made accusations against him in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
601	5:19	rr9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
602	5:19	c9in		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
603	5:19	iuc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς & Πατέρα	1	**Son** and **Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
604	5:19	x9sl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς & καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς & ποιεῖ	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If this would confuse your readers, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
605	5:19	mc1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1	Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
606	5:19	ymuo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τι βλέπῃ τὸν Πατέρα ποιοῦντα	1	Jesus uses **see** to refer to knowing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he would perceive the Father doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
607	5:20	t3b4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ & Πατὴρ & τὸν Υἱὸν	1	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
608	5:20	lk5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν	1	As in the previous verse, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
609	5:20	x8ac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ & δείξει αὐτῷ	1	Jesus uses **shows** and **show** to refer to revealing or making something known. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he reveals to him … he will reveal to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
610	5:20	rtb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	δείξει αὐτῷ	1	Here, **he** refers to God the Father and **him** refers to Jesus the Son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father will reveal to the Son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
611	5:20	zlr7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μείζονα τούτων & ἔργα	1	Here, **works** refers specifically to miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater miracles than these” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
612	5:20	y4yy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μείζονα τούτων & ἔργα	1	Here, **these** refers to the miracles that Jesus had already performed by the time he spoke these words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater works than these miracles I have already performed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
613	5:21	s6te		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ & Υἱὸς	1	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
614	5:21	xzu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ζῳοποιεῖ & οὓς θέλει ζῳοποιεῖ	1	The phrase **makes them alive** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “makes them have eternal life … makes whom he desires have eternal life” (2) physical life, in which case it would repeat the idea of “raises the dead” in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “makes them live again … makes alive again whom he desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
615	5:21	c96p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς	1	As in the previous two verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the Son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
616	5:22	b2l6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ & τῷ Υἱῷ	1	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
617	5:22	sc4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν κρίσιν	1	Here, **judgment** refers to the legal authority to judge people as guilty or innocent. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “power to judge others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
618	5:22	dtxw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τῷ Υἱῷ	1	As in the previous three verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
619	5:23	iqn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν & τὸν Πατέρα. ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν, οὐ τιμᾷ τὸν Πατέρα	1	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
620	5:23	p2kj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν & ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1	As in the previous four verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
621	5:23	j7vc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Πατέρα, τὸν πέμψαντα αὐτόν	1	Here, this phrase refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, the Father who sent him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
622	5:24	w6wu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
623	5:24	rsqh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
624	5:24	v45a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων	1	Here, **hearing** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one heeding my word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
625	5:24	eg5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον μου	1	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
626	5:24	s38a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ πέμψαντί με	1	Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
627	5:24	ql7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται	1	Jesus speaks of **judgment** as if it were a place a person could enter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be judged” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
628	5:24	p5jx			μεταβέβηκεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν	1	Here, **passed** means to move from one state to another. Alternate translation: “he has moved from death to life”
629	5:25	gtu6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
630	5:25	v33w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
631	5:25	kosy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1	See the discussion of **an hour is coming** in the General Notes to Chapter 4 and see how you translated this phrasef in [4:21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
632	5:25	l2xy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ νεκροὶ	1	Here, **the dead** could refer to: (1) people who are spiritually dead. Alternate translation: “the spiritually dead” (2) people who are physically dead. Alternate translation: “the physically dead” (3) both the spiritually dead and physically dead. In this case, **an hour that is coming** would refer to the future resurrection of the dead while **is now** would refer to those spiritually dead people who were listening to Jesus when he spoke these words. Alternate translation: “the spiritually dead and physically dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
633	5:25	d81y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
634	5:25	croa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of me, the Son of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
635	5:25	voy8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀκούσουσιν & οἱ ἀκούσαντες	1	Here, **heard** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated “hearing” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “will heed … those who have heeded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
636	5:25	k1ii		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ζήσουσιν	1	This could refer to: (1) having eternal life. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life” (2) physical life, as in being resurrected after death. Alternate translation: “will become alive again” (3) both eternal life and physical life. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life and become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
637	5:26	x136		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ & τῷ Υἱῷ	1	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
638	5:26	f5vq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ & ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1	Here, the phrases **has life** and **have life** refer to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the source of life … the right to be the source of life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
639	5:26	yv7o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τῷ Υἱῷ & ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1	As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
640	5:27	pr1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ & ἐστίν	1	The first occurrence of **he** refers to God the Father, but **him** and the second occurrence of **he** refer to the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father gave the Son … the Son is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
641	5:27	xlln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ & Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν	1	As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
642	5:27	h9em		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **authority** and **judgment**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “he authorized him to act as judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
643	5:27	g58f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
644	5:28	sr8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο	1	Here, **this** refers to the Son of Man’s authority to give eternal life and to carry out judgment, as stated in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not be amazed that the Father has given the Son this authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
645	5:28	yax7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1	See the discussion of **an hour is coming** in the General Notes to Chapter 4 and see how you translated this phrase in verse [25](../05/25.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
646	5:28	h9l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ	1	As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
647	5:29	qnik		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς	1	In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
648	5:29	vwuo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως	1	In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **judgment**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
649	5:30	bzmq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
650	5:30	f3za		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καθὼς ἀκούω, κρίνω	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Just as I hear from the Father, I judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
651	5:30	n8o9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστίν	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **judgment** and **righteous**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “I judge rightly” or “I judge justly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
652	5:30	ayn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	Here, **the one having sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
653	5:31	f9vc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡ μαρτυρία μου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής.	1	Here Jesus is referring to a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy 19:15, a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know that the law of Moses states that if I testify about myself, my testimony is not true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
654	5:31	qu3o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	Jesus assumed that his listeners understood that he was referring to testifying about himself without any other witnesses. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I testify about myself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
655	5:32	nr3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	Here, **another** refers to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “There is another who is testifying about me, the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
656	5:33	uxh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1	Here and through [5:47](../05/47.md), **You** is plural and refers to the Jewish leaders to whom Jesus is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities sent to John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
657	5:33	athw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1	Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “You have sent messengers to John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
658	5:33	qrdg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1	Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to John the Baptist” or “to John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
659	5:34	rvc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	παρὰ ἀνθρώπου	1	Here, **man** does not refer to any specific man, but to any human being. Alternate translation: “from mankind” or “from anyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
660	5:34	dseu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῦτα λέγω	1	Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) what Jesus said about John the Baptist in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I say this about John” (2) all that Jesus has said in verses [17–33](../05/17.md). Alternate translation: “I say these things about myself and John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
661	5:34	a4je		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “so that God might save you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
662	5:35	qczd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1	**That one** here refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
663	5:35	w4w3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων	1	Jesus uses the word **lamp** to refer to John the Baptist. In the way that lamps in those days burned oil and shined light, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “That one taught you the truth about God” or “That one was like a lamp that was burning and shining” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
664	5:35	o2j5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus uses the word **light** to refer to John the Baptist’s teaching. In the way that light enables people to see in the dark, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “in his teaching” or “in his teaching that was like a light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
665	5:35	i0l5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πρὸς ὥραν	1	Here, **hour** refers to a short amount of time. It does not mean a 60-minute period of time or a specific point in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for a moment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
666	5:36	ll75			γὰρ	1	Here, **for** indicates that what follows is an explanation of the “testimony” Jesus has mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “that testimony is”
667	5:36	rt6j			τὰ & ἔργα	1	Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “the miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “the miracles and teaching”
668	5:36	dvr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ & ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
669	5:36	yz3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	Here Jesus is speaking of **works** as though they were a person who could **testify** about who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this plainly. Alternate translation: “the very works that I do—are evidence for who I am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
670	5:37	p157		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν	1	The reflexive pronoun **himself** emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified about who Jesus is. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “none other than the Father himself who sent me has testified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
671	5:37	qjg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ	1	Here this phrase refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
672	5:38	rc2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **word** refers to the teachings that God gave to his people in the Scriptures. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his teachings” or “the Scriptures he gave us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
673	5:38	dfn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα	1	Here Jesus is speaking of God’s **word** as if it were an object that could remain inside people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not live according to his word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
674	5:38	uj90		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ	1	This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the one whom he has sent, me whom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
675	5:39	xi22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν	1	Some Jews in Jesus’ time believed that a person could earn their way to heaven by studying the Scriptures and doing good deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will get eternal life if you study them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
676	5:39	bmc3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐταῖς & ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ	1	In this verse, **them**, **these**, and **the ones** all refer to the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state some of these words explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures … these Scriptures are the ones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
677	5:39	fzbf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	Here Jesus is speaking of the Scriptures as though they were a person who is **testifying** about who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this plainly. Alternate translation: “these indicate who I am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
678	5:40	dzm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	Here, **come** does not mean to merely come near Jesus, but it means to follow him and be his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are not willing to come and by my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
679	5:40	xuxj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ζωὴν ἔχητε	1	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
680	5:41	c1rx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	παρὰ ἀνθρώπων	1	Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “from people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
681	5:42	b1j4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This could mean: (1) they did not **love** **God**. Alternate translation: “love for God” (2) they had not received God’s love. Alternate translation: “love from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
682	5:43	zw65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** to refer to God’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of my Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
683	5:43	rtb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
684	5:43	ue9f			οὐ λαμβάνετέ με	1	Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “you do not welcome me”
685	5:43	p7jg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ	1	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** to refer to authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If another comes in his own authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
686	5:44	e999		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ, οὐ ζητεῖτε?	1	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way you are able to believe, receiving glory from one another, and are not seeking the glory that is from the only God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
687	5:44	g7qd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πιστεῦσαι	1	John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to believe me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
688	5:44	rn78			δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες	1	Here, **receiving** could refer to: (1) the time they are receiving glory. Alternate translation: “while receiving glory from one another” (2) a causal statement. Alternate translation: “since receiving glory from one another”
689	5:45	kk5q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε	1	**Moses** here could refer to: (1) the person named Moses who gave the Israelites the law of Moses. (2) the law of Moses itself. Alternate translation: “Moses accuses you in the law, the very law in which you have hoped” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
690	5:46	m9sq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ γὰρ ἐπιστεύετε Μωϋσεῖ, ἐπιστεύετε ἂν ἐμοί	1	John records Jesus making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. Jesus knows that the Jewish leaders do not truly believe Moses. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “you must not believe Moses since you do not believe me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
691	5:47	kxa6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ & οὐ πιστεύετε	1	John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do not believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
692	5:47	b8dd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε?	1	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will certainly never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
693	5:47	x7h9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν	1	Here, **words** refers to what Jesus said to these Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what I have told you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
694	6:intro	xe4t				0	# John 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)\n2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)\n3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### King\n\nThe king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food. They thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.\n\n## Important Metaphors in this Chapter\n\n### Bread\n\nBread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread, because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted the people to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n\n### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood\n\nWhen Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand to what the metaphor referred. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Parenthetical ideas\n\nSeveral times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information needed to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
695	6:1-4	qhj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	# General Information:\n\nJesus had traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. Verses [1–4](../06/01.md) tell the setting of this part of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
696	6:1	el4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	This phrase, **After these things**, introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
697	6:1	z345		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς θαλάσσης τῆς Γαλιλαίας τῆς Τιβεριάδος	1	The **Sea of Galilee** was called by several names, one of which was Sea **of Tiberias**. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/seaofgalilee]]) If having two different names for the same place would be confusing in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Sea of Galilee (also known as the Sea of Tiberias)” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
698	6:2	ebel		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	ὄχλος πολύς	1	See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
699	6:2	g6zm			σημεῖα	1	See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
700	6:4	ri55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ Πάσχα, ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Passover, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
701	6:5	thts		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1	**Then** here could mean: (1) what follows is the next event in the story. Alternate translation: “Next” (2) what follows is the result of what happened in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “Therefore,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
702	6:5	cxta		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπάρας & τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1	Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:35](../04/35.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
703	6:5	v4hi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	πολὺς ὄχλος	1	See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
704	6:5	pzhc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
705	6:6	cj58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν	1	In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now he said this at that time to test him, for he himself knew what he was going to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
706	6:6	sr0p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	πειράζων αὐτόν	1	Here John is stating the purpose for which Jesus asked Philip the question in the previous verse. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he could test Philip” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
707	6:6	rrco		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1	Here, **him** refers to Philip. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Philip” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
708	6:6	uk6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς & ᾔδει	1	Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to make clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself knew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
709	6:7	z3gj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι	1	The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius.” It was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost 200 days’ wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
710	6:8	i0cw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1	See how you translated the name **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
711	6:8	diq0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
712	6:9	k3k6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους	1	The grain **barley** was a common grain eaten by the poor in Israel because it was cheaper than wheat. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/barley]]) They would bake the barley into **bread loaves**, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. Alternate translation: “five loaves of barley bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
713	6:9	xwu8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς τοσούτους?	1	Andrew is using the question form to emphasize that they do not have enough food to feed everyone.If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “these are not enough to feed so many!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
714	6:10	hnaw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ποιήσατε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀναπεσεῖν.	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to make the men sit down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
715	6:10	n9ft		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀνθρώπους	1	Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
716	6:10	v4h0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ἦν δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ. ἀνέπεσαν οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι.	1	If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “So the men sat down, about 5,000 in number. (Now there was a lot of grass in the place.)” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
717	6:10	pf33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἦν δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ	1	John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the place where this event happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The place where the people were all coming together had a lot of grass” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
718	6:10	iz32			ἀνέπεσαν οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι	1	Here, **men** refers specifically to adult males. Although the term for “men” used earlier in this verse refers to a group that included men, women, and children, here John is counting only the **men**.
719	6:11	l6pm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοὺς ἄρτους	1	This means **loaves** of bread, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. These **loaves** are those five barley **loaves** mentioned in verse [9](../06/09.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the five loaves of barley bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
720	6:11	mnw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	εὐχαριστήσας	1	John leaves out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having given thanks to God for the food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
721	6:11	wi9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	διέδωκεν	1	Here, **he** refers to “Jesus and his disciples.” Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples gave them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
722	6:11	ib37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν ὀψαρίων	1	These **fish** are the two **fish** mentioned in verse [9](../06/09.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those two small fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
723	6:12	leym		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐνεπλήσθησαν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they had finished eating” or “they had filled themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
724	6:12	z5o3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
725	6:12	qp1n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, συναγάγετε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he says to his disciples to gather up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
726	6:13	h64z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κοφίνους	1	Here, **baskets** refers to large baskets that were used for carrying food and goods while traveling. If your language has a word for this kind of basket, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “large traveling baskets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
727	6:14	d7lp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	οἱ & ἄνθρωποι	1	Although the term **men** is masculine, John uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
728	6:14	gmat			ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον	1	This clause could refer to: (1) the time that they said the words which follow in the verse. Alternate translation: “at the time they saw the sign he did” (2) the reason that they said what follows in the verse. Alternate translation: “because they saw the sign he did”
729	6:14	nlw1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃ & σημεῖον	1	Here, **sign** refers to the Jesus miraculously feeding the large crowd that was described in verses [5–13](../06/05.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sign of miraculously feeding the large crowd that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
730	6:14	g8zb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης ὁ ἐρχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	Here, **the Prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Prophet whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
731	6:15	rfbr			γνοὺς ὅτι μέλλουσιν ἔρχεσθαι	1	This clause could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus decided to withdraw. Alternate translation: “at the time he realized that they were about to come” (2) the reason that Jesus decided to withdraw. Alternate translation: “because he realized that they were about to come”
732	6:15	hg4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς μόνος	1	Here John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to emphasize that Jesus was completely alone. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “completely alone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
733	6:16	qb23			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThis is the next event in the story. Jesus’ disciples go out onto the Sea of Galilee in a boat.
734	6:16	tmzf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν θάλασσαν	1	Here and throughout this chapter, **sea** refers to the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as modeled by UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
735	6:17	fkj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	In these clauses John provides background information about the situation in order to help readers understand what happens in this story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
736	6:18	q5f7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἥ τε θάλασσα ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος διηγείρετο	1	The first clause about the wind indicates the reason the **sea was being aroused** in the second clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because a strong wind was blowing, the sea was being aroused” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
737	6:18	pms3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	διηγείρετο	1	John uses **aroused** to refer to the wind causing the sea to become turbulent. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was being stirred up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
738	6:18	z381		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἥ & θάλασσα & διηγείρετο	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the wind was causing the sea to be aroused” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
739	6:19	xx7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐληλακότες	1	The boats used on the Sea of Galilee usually had positions for two, four, or six people who sat together and **rowed** with oars on each side of the boat. If your readers would not be familiar with rowed boats, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having propelled the boat through the water by using oars” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
740	6:19	sgf4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα	1	The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about four and a half or five and a half kilometers” or “about three or three and a half miles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
741	6:19	diko		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	θεωροῦσιν	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
742	6:20	tjg9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
743	6:21	qtw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἤθελον & λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον	1	It is implied that Jesus got **into the boat**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they gladly received him into the boat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
744	6:22	v8cn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1	See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
745	6:22	ho60		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1	Here, **the other side of the sea** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee where Jesus had fed the crowd. It does not refer to the side of the Sea of Galilee that he and his disciples arrived at in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the side of the sea where Jesus performed the miracle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
746	6:22	mhjh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλοιάριον ἄλλο οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖ, εἰ μὴ ἕν	1	Here, **one** refers to the boat that the disciples had taken to cross the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other boat there except the one that the disciples had taken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
747	6:23	w7qu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἄλλα ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος, ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον	1	In this verse John provides background information about the story. The day after Jesus miraculously fed the crowd, some **boats** with people from **Tiberias** came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left that place the night before. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Other boats came with people from Tiberias close to the place where the crowd had eaten the bread loaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
748	6:23	hwtc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ Κυρίου	1	Here, **the Lord** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
749	6:23	sqke		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου	1	John leaves out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “after the Lord had given thanks to God for the food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
750	6:24	vad6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	**Therefore** indicates that this verse is the result of what happened in verse [22](../06/22.md). This verse resumes the narrative that was interrupted by the background information in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus and his disciples had gone to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
751	6:24	f7t2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1	See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
752	6:24	cql6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	ἔστιν	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
753	6:24	fecq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὰ πλοιάρια	1	These **boats** are the **boats** mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into the boats that had come from Tiberias” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
754	6:24	o7vs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ζητοῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Here John is stating the purpose for which the crowd went to Capernaum. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that they could seek Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
755	6:25	tnms		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1	Here, **on the other side** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee that is opposite the side where Jesus had miraculously fed the crowd. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the opposite side of the sea from where Jesus had fed the crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
756	6:26	f8j4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
757	6:26	l9ws			σημεῖα	1	See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
758	6:26	yef5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐχορτάσθητε	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “filled yourselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
759	6:27	hmfw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	Here Jesus is using the word **food** to refer to himself, because he is the source of salvation, the One who gives **eternal life** to all who trust him. Jesus lasts forever, and so does the **eternal life** that he gives. However, the crowd does not understand this, and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
760	6:27	plfi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	John records Jesus leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “work for the food that endures to eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
761	6:27	w74i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & δώσει; τοῦτον	1	These two expressions are all refer to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will give … me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
762	6:27	czb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑμῖν δώσει	1	This phrase could give further information about: (1) “the food that endures to eternal life.” Alternate translation: “that is, the food the Son of Man will give you” (2) “eternal life.” Alternate translation: “that is, the life the Son of Man will give you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
763	6:27	b94w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & ὁ Πατὴρ & ὁ Θεός	1	**Son of Man** and **God the Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
764	6:27	bric		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
765	6:27	gf9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοῦτον & ἐσφράγισεν	1	To “**set** a **seal**” on something means to place a mark on it in order to show to whom it belongs or to certify its authenticity. Here, the phrase is used as an idiom and could mean: (1) that the Father approves of the Son in every way. Alternate translation: “has affirmed his approval of him” (2) that the Son belongs to the Father. Alternate translation: “has affirmed that the Son belongs to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
766	6:29	he3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύητε εἰς ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1	Here, Jesus says which **work** one must do in order to receive “the food that endures to eternal life” that was mentioned in verse [27](../06/27.md). This **work** is not any kind of labor or deed that can be done, but it is faith in Jesus, which is a gift from God ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is the work of God that is required to receive the food that endures to eternal life: that you believe in the one whom that one has sent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
767	6:29	aevl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1	This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
768	6:29	z1u9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1	Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has sent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
769	6:31	t3jt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν τὸ μάννα ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	In this verse, John assumes that his readers will know that the crowd is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Exodus. In that story, the Israelites complained against Moses and Aaron because they were hungry. God responded by providing a flake-like food that fell from the sky and could be baked into bread. The people called this flake-like food “manna.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/manna]]) You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “Our fathers ate the manna when they were wandering in the wilderness after leaving Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
770	6:31	gye7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	The crowd used **fathers** to refer to their ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our ancestors” or “Our forefathers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
771	6:31	jz9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
772	6:31	bc59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	Here the crowd uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 78:24](../../psa/78/24.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that the crowd is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it was written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
773	6:31	gzqv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον, ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that he gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
774	6:31	fjoo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1	**He** here could refer to: (1) Moses, in which case the crowd was mistakenly quoting a scripture about God and applying it to Moses. This is possible because Jesus says in the next verse, “Moses has not given you the bread from heaven.” Alternate translation: “Moses gave them bread from heaven to eat” (2) God, which is who it referred to in the scripture the crowd is quoting. Alternate translation: “God gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
775	6:31	iiaz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1	Here, John records the crowd using the word **bread** to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. The manna that God gave the Israelites from heaven was not **bread**, but a food that could be baked into **bread**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
776	6:32	e6s1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
777	6:32	qgs7			οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν	1	Here John records Jesus speaking in a way that emphasizes that **Moses** was not the source of manna in the wilderness. He seems to be correcting the crowd’s incorrect understanding of the scripture they quoted in the previous verse. Use whatever form best communicates this kind of negative emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses was not the one who has given you”
778	6:32	qwcf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1	Here John records Jesus using the word **bread** to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
779	6:32	xwqx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν	1	This phrase serves two purposes. First, it implies that the **Father**, not Moses, was the source of the bread from heaven mentioned by the crowd in the previous verse. Second, it indicates that the **Father** is still giving bread from heaven, although not the kind of bread the crowd is expecting. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. You may also want to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, my Father has given that bread and now gives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
780	6:32	ega4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν	1	Here Jesus is using **true bread** to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this, and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
781	6:32	c73l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
782	6:32	an7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	2	See how you translated the word **bread** earlier in this verse and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
783	6:33	ri0m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ὁ & ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν	1	Here Jesus is using **bread** to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this, and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
784	6:33	sajx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ὁ & ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This phrase could mean: (1) the bread came from God. Alternate translation: “the bread that God gives” (2) the bread belongs to God. Alternate translation: “God’s bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
785	6:33	sfbk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ὁ καταβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	This phrase refers to Jesus. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
786	6:33	rrf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ζωὴν	1	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
787	6:33	k897		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	Here, **the world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
788	6:34	j26s			κύριε	1	The crowd calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
789	6:34	z9zv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1	Here, **bread** could refer to: (1) food in general, as the word was used by the crowd in [6:31](../06/31.md). This would mean that the crowd did not understand that Jesus was calling himself the bread from heaven. Alternate translation: “food” (2) some gift from God of which the crowd was uncertain. This would mean that the crowd recognized that Jesus was talking about something more spiritual than mere food but did not understand that he was talking about himself. Alternate translation: “heavenly food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
790	6:35	cr2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer to himself. In Jesus’ culture, **bread** was the primary food people ate to stay alive. Just as **bread** is necessary for sustaining physical life, Jesus is necessary for giving spiritual life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
791	6:35	yq25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	Jesus uses **of life** to the source of the **life** about which he is speaking. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the bread that produces life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
792	6:35	hvpi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
793	6:35	lgpu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1	Jesus speaks about the person who trusts in him by continuing the metaphor of food that he began in verse [32](../06/32.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “The one coming to me will be like a person who never gets hungry, and the one believing in me will be like a person who never gets thirsty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
794	6:35	fpgo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that anyone who trusts in Jesus will never lack spiritual satisfaction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The one who trusts me will certainly never lack spiritual satisfaction again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
795	6:35	a7my		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ	1	Here, **coming** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
796	6:35	kh35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ & οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1	John records Jesus using a figure of speech twice in the same verse to express a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that has the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “will always be full … will always have his thirst quenched” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
797	6:37	vpz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
798	6:37	n6bk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει & τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ	1	In this verse, **come** and **coming** do not mean to merely come near Jesus, but they mean to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will come to be my disciples … the one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
799	6:37	i92s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω	1	Jesus is using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I will keep everyone who comes to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
800	6:38	z84i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	# Connecting Statement:\n\n**For** introduces the reason why Jesus will not throw out anyone who comes to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
801	6:38	cpi9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
802	6:39	uqjy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
803	6:39	x5c1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	πᾶν ὃ & μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I should keep all of them whom he has given” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
804	6:39	p8s0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ	1	Here, **it** refers to the whole group of believers as a whole. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly or use a plural pronoun. Alternate translation: “I would not lose from the group of believers … but will raise that group up” or “I would not lose from them … but will raise them up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
805	6:39	j7q6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ	1	Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
806	6:39	npma		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
807	6:40	wnou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἵνα πᾶς	1	**For** introduces the reason for the Father’s will that Jesus stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is my Father’s will, because his will is also that everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
808	6:40	b84t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
809	6:40	cb1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1	Jesus uses **sees** to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone who understands who the Son is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
810	6:40	mpm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ἐγὼ	1	Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. See how you translated this term in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
811	6:40	r8rr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
812	6:41	t91b			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nThe Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd. His conversation with these Jewish leaders is in verses [41–58](../06/41.md).
813	6:41	e216		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Here and to the end of this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
814	6:41	wwa5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος	1	Here the Jewish leaders paraphrase what Jesus said in verse [33](../06/33.md). See how you translated **bread** and **come down from heaven** in verse [33](../06/33.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
815	6:42	bm3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα?	1	Here the Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they believe that Jesus is just a normal person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation, and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
816	6:42	i81r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα?	1	Here the Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
817	6:42	z0zh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα?	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “How then does he now say that he has come down from heaven?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
818	6:44	zis9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	Here, **come** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to come to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
819	6:44	jb73		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
820	6:44	k7ld		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με	1	Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
821	6:44	rr2m			ἑλκύσῃ αὐτόν	1	Alternate translation: “would pull him” or “would drag him”
822	6:44	um43		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	αὐτόν & αὐτὸν	1	Although the pronoun **him** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
823	6:44	s6b5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	See how you translated this phrase in [6:40](../06/40.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
824	6:44	g2ia		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this phrase in verse [40](../06/40.md). Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
825	6:45	j1af		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
826	6:45	jg6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	Here Jesus uses **It is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 54:13](../../isa/54/13.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “It had been written by the prophets in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
827	6:45	wnjr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐν τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ Θεοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “in the prophets that all will be taught by God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
828	6:45	fken		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ Θεοῦ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will teach all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
829	6:45	orme		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
830	6:45	xmzr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔρχεται πρὸς ἐμέ	1	Here, **comes** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “comes to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
831	6:46	i9mp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα & ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
832	6:46	lcz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ ὢν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ; οὗτος ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα	1	John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the who is from God—I have seen the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
833	6:47	de5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
834	6:47	t8lk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὁ πιστεύων	1	John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the one believing in me” or “the one believing that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
835	6:48	iih2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	See how you translated this phrase in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
836	6:49	uh76		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν	1	Jesus uses **fathers** to refer to ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your forefathers” or “Your ancestors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
837	6:49	mr3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τὸ μάννα	1	See how you translated this expression in verse [31](../06/31.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
838	6:50	sa53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβαίνων, ἵνα τις ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ, καὶ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	Jesus continues using the **bread** metaphor to express that one must believe in him in order to have eternal life just as one must **eat** **bread** to sustain physical life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a simile. Alternate translation: “I am this bread that comes down from heaven, just as one must eat bread to live, so must one believe in me in order to not die spiritually” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
839	6:50	y1x9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	οὗτός ἐστιν & αὐτοῦ	1	John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I am … me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
840	6:50	gse5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἄρτος	1	See how you translated this term in verse [48](../06/48.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
841	6:50	lfwm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ	1	Here Jesus uses **eat** to refer to believing in him for salvation. What Jesus said plainly in verse [47](../06/47.md) he says here. If this would confuse your readers, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “might believe in me as one eats bread to live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
842	6:50	v212		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	Here Jesus uses **die** to refer to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might not die spiritually” or “might not experience spiritual death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
843	6:51	e9g3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς; ἐάν τις φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου, ζήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	As in the previous verse, Jesus continues using the **bread** metaphor to say that one must believe in him in order to have eternal life just as one **eats** **bread** to sustain physical life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the living bread that comes down from heaven. Just as one lives if they eat bread, so does one who believes in me live forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
844	6:51	ztqs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	Jesus uses this phrase emphatically to make a strong statement about who he is. Use the most natural way to express emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “I myself am” or “I am indeed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
845	6:51	px99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν	1	Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to produce life, which is synonymous with “of life” in the phrase “the bread of life,” which Jesus used in [6:35](../06/35.md). See how you translated “the bread of life” in [6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “the bread that gives life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
846	6:51	gs06		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου, ζήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	Here and in the previous verse, Jesus uses **eats** to refer to believing in Jesus for salvation. Jesus gives eternal life to those who believe in him. See how you translated “eat” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
847	6:51	k4bo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	σάρξ μού	1	Here, John records Jesus using **flesh** to refer to his whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
848	6:51	ee9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ὁ ἄρτος	2	Here Jesus is using the **bread** metaphor slightly differently from how he has used it previously. Here it refers specifically to his physical body, which he would sacrifice on the cross to pay for the sins of those who believe in him. Since Jesus says this explicitly at the end of the verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
849	6:51	c5z3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the eternal life of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
850	6:51	nb41		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1	Here, **the world** is used to refer to the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the life of the people in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
851	6:52	v6g7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οὖν & οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
852	6:52	q5nw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἐμάχοντο & πρὸς ἀλλήλους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “then the Jews began to argue among themselves, and they said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
853	6:52	fj5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν?	1	Here the Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about **his flesh**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way that this one is able to give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
854	6:52	llc0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὴν σάρκα	1	Here, John records the Jews using **flesh** to refer to Jesus’ whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
855	6:53	q8jl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
856	6:53	r7hh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1	Here Jesus is using the phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood**. Just as people need to **eat** and **drink** in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
857	6:53	e2w9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1	These two phrases, **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood**, mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that trusting in Jesus is the only way to have eternal life. Because Jesus’ **flesh** and **blood** are important concepts, do not combine them. Instead, you could communicate the emphasis in a way that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you would indeed eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would indeed drink his blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
858	6:53	hkr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1	Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
859	6:53	quje		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
860	6:53	j1ga		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν	1	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not have eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
861	6:54	hc5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	The phrases “eating my flesh” and “drinking my blood” are a metaphor for trusting Jesus. Just as people need food and drink in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
862	6:54	etdh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	As in the previous verse, these two phrases, **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood**, mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the one eating my flesh and drinking my blood surely has eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
863	6:54	ym6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	See how you translated this phrase in [6:40](../06/40.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
864	6:54	qia5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../06/39.md). Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
865	6:55	tw5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	σάρξ μου & αἷμά μου	1	Here Jesus is using the phrases **my flesh** and **my blood** to refer to believing in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
866	6:55	cik2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἡ & σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1	Here Jesus is using the phrases **true food** and **true drink** to say that he, Jesus, gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
867	6:55	j4ud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἡ & σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1	As in the previous two verses, these two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “my flesh is indeed true food, and my blood is indeed true drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
868	6:56	eaoy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse [54](../06/54.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
869	6:56	u3w4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει	1	Here, and frequently in John’s Gospel, **remains in** indicates being united in a continuous personal relationship with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this expression in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “has a close relationship with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
870	6:56	rjpa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be confusing in your language, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and I remain in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
871	6:57	y334		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ζῶν Πατὴρ	1	Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. This is also how Jesus used **living** in verse [51](../06/51.md). See how you translated **living** in verse [51](../06/51). Alternate translation: “the Father who causes life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
872	6:57	krma		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ & Πατέρα	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
873	6:57	oczm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα	1	Here, **live** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. It does not mean to merely be alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because of the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
874	6:57	nhp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα	1	Here, **because of the Father** indicates the reason why Jesus has the ability to cause life. God the Father gave Jesus the ability to cause others to live. Jesus explained this concept in [5:25–26](../05/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because the Father has enabled me to do so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
875	6:57	dba2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	καὶ ὁ τρώγων με	1	Jesus is using **eating me** to refer to trusting him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. See how you translated similar expressions in verses [53–56](../06/53.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
876	6:57	e6op		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κἀκεῖνος ζήσει δι’ ἐμέ	1	Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. It does not refer to being the source of life, as **living** and **live** are used previously in this verse. If this shift in meaning might confuse your readers, you could state the difference explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will also have eternal life because of me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
877	6:58	m2nz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1	John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
878	6:58	kv16		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος & τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	Jesus is continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer to himself. Just as **bread** is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
879	6:58	i9ih		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες	1	Here Jesus uses**fathers** to refer to ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ancestors” or “the forefathers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
880	6:58	r174		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐ καθὼς ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον	1	John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “this bread is not just as the bread that the fathers ate and died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
881	6:58	lb07		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον	1	The phrase **ate and died** does not mean that the people died immediately after eating the bread. If this wording would confuse your readers, you could translate it in a way that shows a time gap between eating and drinking. Alternate translation: “the fathers ate and still died at a later time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
882	6:58	j2hx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	Jesus spoke about himself as **this bread**. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
883	6:58	jv4c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	Jesus is using **eating this bread** to refer to trusting him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
884	6:59	ph39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	In this verse John gives background information about when this event happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
885	6:59	ukxi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus said to the crowd and Jewish leaders in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these teachings about being the bread of life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
886	6:60	t1me		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀκούσαντες	1	Here, John leaves out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having heard this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
887	6:60	wf67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1	Here, **word** stands for what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What he has just said is” or “These words are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
888	6:60	lmcv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σκληρός	1	Here, **hard** refers to something that causes a negative reaction because it is harsh or unpleasant. It does not refer to something that is difficult to understand, but something that is difficult to accept. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “hard to accept” or “offensive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
889	6:60	cp3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν?	1	Here the disciples use the question form for emphasis. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one is able to listen to it!” or “it is too hard to listen to!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
890	6:61	rn8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰδὼς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1	This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what his disciples were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “Even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
891	6:61	g3z7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περὶ τούτου & τοῦτο	1	In this verse, **this** refers to what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these teachings … what I teach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
892	6:61	j2gj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμᾶς	1	Here and throughout [6:61–71](../06/61.md) **you** is plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. If your language distinguishes between singular and plural second person pronouns, you should use the plural form of **you**. Alternate translation: “you disciples of mine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
893	6:62	r33r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐὰν & θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον?	1	Here, John records Jesus using only one part of a conditional sentence. He leaves out the second part of the conditional sentence for emphasis. Many languages need to have both parts of a conditional sentence in order to make the sentence complete. If this is true for your language, you could supply the second clause from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if you would see the Son of Man going up to where he was before, would it offend you?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
894	6:62	v4tr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον	1	Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
895	6:62	ibnq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
896	6:62	uxe0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον	1	This phrase refers to heaven, where Jesus was **before** he came down to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to heaven, where I used to be” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
897	6:63	nx51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν	1	Here, **making alive** refers to giving eternal life, not physical life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Spirit is the one giving eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
898	6:63	ygqi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ σὰρξ	1	Here, **the flesh** could refer to: (1) human nature, as in the UST. (2) Jesus’ body. Alternate translation: “my flesh” (3) both human nature and Jesus’ body. “your nature and my flesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
899	6:63	y558		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ὠφελεῖ οὐδέν	1	Here, **profit** means to be beneficial or useful. It does not mean to earn money. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has no benefit” or “is no help at all”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
900	6:63	fy9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα & ζωή ἐστιν	1	Here, **words** stands for the teachings that Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The teachings … these teachings are life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
901	6:63	plw8			πνεῦμά ἐστιν	1	This could mean: (1) from the Spirit. Alternate translation: “are from the Spirit” (2) about the Spirit. Alternate translation: “are about the Spirit”
902	6:63	gb29			καὶ ζωή ἐστιν	1	This could mean: (1) give life. Alternate translation: “and they give life” (2) about life. Alternate translation: “and they are about life”
903	6:63	dz25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ζωή	1	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
904	6:64	ey1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν	1	In this sentence John gives background information to explain why Jesus said the earlier part of this verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus said this because he knew from the start who did not believe and who would later betray him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
905	6:64	rlhr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἳ οὐ πιστεύουσιν & οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες	1	The implied object of **believe** and **believing** is Jesus or Jesus’ teaching. If your language requires an object for these words, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who do not believe in me … the ones not believing in me” or “who do not believe what I say … the ones not believing what I say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
906	6:65	e9ex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1	Here, **this** refers to the information Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because of the disbelief I have just told you about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
907	6:65	c3cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	See how you translated the identical phrase in verse [44](../06/44.md). Alternate translation: “no one is able to come to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
908	6:65	ckfz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ	1	Here, the pronoun **it** refers to the ability to come to Jesus and be his disciple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ability to come to me would be have been granted to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
909	6:65	uvxb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Father would give it to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
910	6:65	g4za		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
911	6:66	o1pd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1	Here, **stayed behind** is an idiom that refers to going back to living the way one had lived previously. Here, these people left Jesus to go back to living the way they had lived before they met him. If this might confuse your readers, you could state its meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “returned to their former manner of living” or “went back to their previous way of life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
912	6:66	h8j9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν	1	Although Jesus did walk from one place to another, here **walking** is used to refer to how a person lives and behaves. These people were **no longer** living according to Jesus’ teaching and thus were no longer his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no longer obeyed his teachings” or “no longer were his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
913	6:67	bg2f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοῖς δώδεκα	1	John is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
914	6:67	hoye		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῖς δώδεκα	1	If your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as the ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
915	6:67	ezer		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε ὑπάγειν?	1	John records Jesus asking this question in a way that expects a negative response. He does this to contrast **the Twelve** from the many other disciples who had just abandoned him. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “You probably do not want to go away also, am I right?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
916	6:68	n5ty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σίμων Πέτρος	1	See how you translated the name **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
917	6:68	g9l4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα?	1	**Simon Peter** is using the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
918	6:68	tiwh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ῥήματα ζωῆς αἰωνίου ἔχεις	1	**Peter** uses **of** to describe **words** that give **eternal life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have words that give eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
919	6:68	v12o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ῥήματα	1	John records Peter using the term **words** to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
920	6:69	o3w6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	When Peter says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the rest of the twelve disciples, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
921	6:69	qu0n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ὁ Ἅγιος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	**Peter** uses **of** to describe **the Holy One** who comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy One from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
922	6:70	m9ys		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν?	1	Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question in order to emphasize that one of the twelve disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: “I chose you, the Twelve, myself, and one of you is a devil!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
923	6:70	k335		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	See how you translated **the Twelve** in verse [67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
924	6:70	jl5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν	1	The word **devil** could mean: (1) one of Jesus’ twelve disciples was a wicked person whose thoughts and actions resembled those of the **devil** or was being influenced or controlled by the **devil**. It does not mean that this person actually was the devil in human form. It also does not imply that there is more than one devil. Alternate translation: “one of you is wicked like the devil” or “one of you is controlled by the devil” (2) one of Jesus’ twelve disciples was speaking harmful and untrue things about Jesus to others. This meaning is possible because the word translated **devil** can also mean “slanderer.” Alternate translation: “one of you is a slanderer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
925	6:71	z9yc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	# General Information:\n\nIn this verse John provides background information about what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
926	6:71	joha		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰούδαν Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτου	1	**Judas** and **Simon** are names of two men. This **Simon** is not the same as Simon Peter. **Iscariot** is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
927	6:71	lttr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1	See how you translated **the Twelve** in verse [67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
928	7:intro	l712				0	# John 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus goes to Jerusalem for the Festival of Shelters (7:1–13)\n2. Jesus says his authority is from God (7:14–24)\n3. Jesus says he came from God (7:25–31)\n4. Jesus says he will return to God (7:32–36)\n5. Jesus says he is the living water (7:37–39)\n6. The people disagree about who Jesus is (7:40–44)\n7. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (7:45–53)\n\nTranslators may wish to include a note at [7:53](../07/53.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). These verses are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel.\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Believing in him”\n\nA recurring theme in this chapter is the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed he was the Messiah, while others did not. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n### “My time has not yet come”\n\nThis phrase and “his hour had not yet come” are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events that are happening in his life.\n\n### “Living water”\n\nThis is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this metaphor in the note about “living water” for [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Prophecy\n\nIn [7:33–34](../07/33.md) Jesus gives a prophecy about his return to heaven without explicitly indicating his statement as prophecy.\n\n### Irony\n\nNicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires them to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about that person. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “Did not believe in him”\n\nJesus’ brothers did not believe that Jesus was the Messiah at the time the events in this chapter took place. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([7:1](../07/01.md), [11](../07/11.md), [13](../07/13.md), [15](../07/15.md), [35](../07/35.md)). It is also used in [7:2](../07/02.md) to refer to Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Jewish leaders” and “Jewish people” to clarify this distinction.
929	7:1	b99m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
930	7:1	r94g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Here and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. Apart from one exception in [7:2](../07/02.md), it does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
931	7:2	n2ud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Shelters Festival, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
932	7:2	m4ch		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Unlike in the previous verse and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** here refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
933	7:3	x8ce		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	These were Jesus’ younger **brothers**, the other sons of Mary and Joseph who were born after Jesus. Since the Father of Jesus was God and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for a man’s younger brother, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
934	7:3	id2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς	1	Here, **works** refers to the powerful miracles that Jesus was performing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your miracles that you do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
935	7:4	by1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	ζητεῖ αὐτὸς	1	Here, Jesus’ brothers use the reflexive pronoun **himself** in order to emphasize their belief that Jesus wants to make **himself** famous. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “seeks for his own benefit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
936	7:4	uj59			ζητεῖ αὐτὸς ἐν παρρησίᾳ εἶναι	1	Alternate translation: “seeks publicity for himself” or “seeks public attention”
937	7:4	mc8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ταῦτα ποιεῖς	1	John records Jesus’ brothers speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but they mean that it is actually true. Although they didn’t believe that Jesus was the Messiah at this time, they did not deny that he was doing miracles. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what the brothers are saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
938	7:4	f33j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	Here, **the world** is used figurative to refer to all of the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
939	7:5	mz2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν	1	In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the brothers of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ brothers said this because even they did not believe in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
940	7:5	bs7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	See how you translated **brothers** in verse [3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
941	7:6	bcul		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
942	7:6	n5bj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν	1	This could mean: (1) It was not the right **time** for Jesus to go to Jerusalem for the festival because God had not yet told him to go. This meaning explains why he eventually went to the festival in verse [10](../07/10.md). Alternate translation: “Now is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem” (2) It was not the right **time** for Jesus to publicly reveal himself as the Messiah, which is what his brothers wanted him to do. Alternate translation: “Now is not the right time for me to publicly reveal myself as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
943	7:6	z9gv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὁ ὑμέτερος	1	All instances of “you” and **your** in verses [6–8](../07/06.md) are plural. They only refer to Jesus’ brothers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
944	7:6	shs9			ὁ δὲ καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος	1	Alternate translation: “but any time is good for you”
945	7:7	h7kv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς	1	**The world** here refers to the people who live in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world are not able to hate you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
946	7:7	s92r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	μισεῖ & περὶ αὐτοῦ & τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1	In this verse, **it** refers to the people in **the world**. If you translated **the world** with a plural noun, then you should change these pronouns to plural form as well. Alternate translation: “they hate … about them … their works” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
947	7:7	e5hq			ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν	1	Alternate translation: “I tell them that what they are doing is evil”
948	7:8	ax6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἀνάβητε	1	John records Jesus saying **go up** to refer to going to Jerusalem, because that city is at a higher elevation than Galilee, which is where Jesus and his brothers were at this time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate where they would go. Alternate translation: “You go up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
949	7:8	evk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἐμὸς καιρὸς οὔπω πεπλήρωται	1	This phrase means the same as “My time is not yet come” in verse [6](../07/06.md). See how you translated this phrase there. Alternate translation: “Now is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem” or “Now is not the right time for me to publicly reveal myself as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
950	7:10	jz6l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse [3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
951	7:10	z4ym		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνέβη	1	See how you translated “go up” in verse [8](../07/08.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
952	7:10	rw5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	οὐ φανερῶς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἐν κρυπτῷ	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus did not want to attract public attention in Jerusalem. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “very secretly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
953	7:11	i6cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οἱ & Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
954	7:11	er5u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ποῦ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος	1	Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **that one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “Where is that so-and-so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
955	7:12	qc8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γογγυσμὸς	1	Although the word translated **murmuring** usually refers to grumbling or complaining, here it refers to speaking quietly, without a negative meaning. Some people in **the crowd** were discussing who Jesus was and didn’t want the religious leaders to hear them. If your word for **murmuring** only has a negative connotation in your language, use a different neutral expression. Alternate translation: “quiet discussion” or “whispering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
956	7:12	glq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	τοῖς ὄχλοις & τὸν ὄχλον	1	Here, **crowds** refers to several different groups of people, while **crowd** refers to a group of people in general. See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the groups of people … the group of people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
957	7:12	c27a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον	1	Here the people use **leads** **astray** to refer to persuading someone to believe something that is not true. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he misleads the crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
958	7:13	yyiv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	John is using **of** to describe the **fear** that the people had for the Jewish leaders. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of their fear that the Jews would harm them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
959	7:13	n8bb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
960	7:14	yut8			τῆς ἑορτῆς	1	Here, **the festival** refers to the Jewish Festival of Shelters mentioned in verse [1](../07/01.md). See how you translated the word **festival** there. Alternate translation: “the Shelters festival”
961	7:14	jqnk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. John is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
962	7:15	u12l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
963	7:15	obtt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐθαύμαζον	1	The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since the Jewish leaders despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “showed their surprise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
964	7:15	e7ve		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν, μὴ μεμαθηκώς?	1	The Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they were surprised and annoyed by how much knowledge Jesus had about Scripture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He certainly cannot know so much about the scriptures, not being educated!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
965	7:15	k8wh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὗτος	1	Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
966	7:15	oqzy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ μεμαθηκώς	1	Here, the Jewish leaders use **educated** to refer to receiving a Jewish religious education, which would include studying the Hebrew scriptures and Jewish religious traditions. This does not mean that they thought Jesus didn’t know how to read or write. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “not being trained in our scriptures and doctrines” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
967	7:15	z0db		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἐθαύμαζον & οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the Jews marveled, and they said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
968	7:16	h7mr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	Here, **the one having sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
969	7:17	vlcd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν & ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching. A teaching could only have authority if God was its source. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is with God’s authority … only with my own authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
970	7:18	u5h6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1	Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of what the person is speaking. A teaching could only have authority if God was its source. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by his own authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
971	7:18	z5bx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἰδίαν ζητεῖ; ὁ δὲ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “seeks to make himself glorious, but the one seeking to make the one who sent him glorious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
972	7:18	xf9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unrighteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he is not wicked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
973	7:19	c7xq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον?	1	Jesus is using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It was Moses who gave you the law, but none of you obeys the law!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
974	7:19	c85j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	τὸν νόμον & ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον	1	See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
975	7:19	iwv8			ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον	1	Here, **does the law** means to keep, follow, or obey **the law**. If this use of **does** would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeys the law”
976	7:19	bfd2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Jesus is using the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders who want to **kill** him for breaking the law of Moses are themselves breaking that law. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You break the law yourselves and yet you want to kill me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
977	7:20	hdud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1	See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
978	7:20	l1rq			δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1	Alternate translation: “A demon is inside of you!” or “You must be under the control of a demon!”
979	7:20	r9wi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	**The crowd** is using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one wants to kill you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
980	7:21	b63z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἓν ἔργον	1	Here, **work** refers to the time when Jesus miraculously healed a paralyzed man on the Jewish day of rest called the Sabbath, as recorded in [5:5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “one miracle on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
981	7:21	l1zf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντες θαυμάζετε	1	The word translated **marvel** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since some people in this crowd despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are all surprised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
982	7:22	o9n9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1	Here, **this** refers to someone doing something on the Sabbath to help someone else. More specifically, Jesus is referring to the time he offended the Jews by healing a paralyzed man on the Sabbath. This event was indirectly mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “On account of activities like healing taking place on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
983	7:22	d8sw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐστὶν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων	1	Here Jesus provides additional information about where the Jewish practice of circumcision came from. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
984	7:22	w22v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν πατέρων	1	Here, **fathers** refers specifically to the first ancestors of the Jewish people, who are often called “the Patriarchs.” Those people are Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. It does not refer to the ancestors of the Jewish people in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Patriarchs” or “the men who founded the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
985	7:22	cs9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν Σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον	1	Jesus implies that to **circumcise** a child was a kind of work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath. That is working too” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
986	7:22	dl6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ἄνθρωπον	1	Jesus is speaking of any Jewish **man** in general, not of one particular **man**. If this use of **man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
987	7:23	t21u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
988	7:23	k04n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος	1	See how you translated **man** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “men receive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
989	7:23	owuc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ νόμος	1	See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
990	7:23	ltsk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might not break the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
991	7:23	fbk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως	1	Here, Jesus uses **broken** to refer to disobeying the regulations that God gave in **the law of Moses**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the regulations of the law of Moses might not be disobeyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
992	7:23	w9wn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ?	1	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
993	7:24	x4fl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε	1	Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right based only on what they can see. A person does something for a reason and that reason cannot be seen. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not judge people according to appearance! Instead, decide what is right according to what God says is right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
994	7:24	mrll		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κατ’ ὄψιν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appearance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to what you see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
995	7:24	b7zy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “judge righteously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
996	7:25	ts7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Here, **the Jerusalemites** are using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is the one they are seeking to kill!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
997	7:26	n5pi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν	1	The Jerusalemites use this phrase in order to imply that the Jewish leaders are not opposing Jesus. Alternate translation: “they say nothing to oppose him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
998	7:26	s2un		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μήποτε ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἄρχοντες, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός?	1	Here, the Jerusalemites ask this question in a way that expects a negative response, but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that the rulers really know this is the Christ?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
999	7:26	f1jp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ ἄρχοντες	1	This phrase refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin, which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The members of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1000	7:27	rqq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1	Here, John records the Jerusalemites saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1001	7:28	ht31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἔκραξεν οὖν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ διδάσκων Ἰησοῦς, καὶ λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus cried out in the temple. While he was teaching, he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1002	7:28	zxh7			ἔκραξεν	1	Alternate translation: “spoke in a loud voice”
1003	7:28	ah7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Jesus and the people were actually in the courtyard of the **temple**. See how you translated **temple** in [7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1004	7:28	w35k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	See how you translated **from myself** in verse [17](../07/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1005	7:28	a2h9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με	1	Here, **the one having sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in verse [16](../07/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1006	7:28	rc3g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με	1	Here, **true** could mean: (1) real, in contrast to a false god. In this case, Jesus would be saying that the Father is the only real God. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is the real God” (2) truthful, in contrast to a liar. In this case, Jesus would be saying that Father who sent him always tells the truth. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me can be trusted” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1007	7:30	kci1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	**Therefore** indicates that this verse states the result of what had happened in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of Jesus saying these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1008	7:30	e0ce		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐζήτουν	1	Here, **they** could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities were seeking” (2) the Jerusalemites. Alternate translation: “the people dwelling in Jerusalem were seeking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1009	7:30	pamg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα	1	To lay **a hand on** someone is an idiom which means to grab someone or hold onto someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “no one grabbed him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1010	7:30	pxr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the word **hour** is used to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1011	7:31	uuzq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου	1	See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
1012	7:31	y5m8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅταν ἔλθῃ, μὴ πλείονα σημεῖα ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν?	1	The **crowd** uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “When the Christ may come, surely he will not do more signs than this one has done!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1013	7:31	x8e4			σημεῖα	1	See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
1014	7:32	re08		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	τοῦ ὄχλου	1	See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
1015	7:32	efsz			γογγύζοντος	1	Although the word translated **murmuring** usually refers to grumbling or complaining, here it refers to speaking quietly, without a negative meaning. Some people in **the crowd** were discussing whether or not Jesus was the Messiah and didn’t want the religious leaders to hear them. See how you translated this word in verse [12](../07/12.md).
1016	7:33	xm7p			ἔτι χρόνον μικρὸν μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι	1	Alternate translation: “I will remain with you for only a short period of time”
1017	7:33	d666		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ὑπάγω	1	Here Jesus uses **go away** to refer to his death and return to heaven. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
1018	7:33	b4m8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1	This phrase refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in verse [16](../07/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1019	7:34	p7w6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you will not be able to come to the place where I am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
1020	7:35	zn29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς	1	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1021	7:35	ojvy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὗτος	1	Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. See how you translated this phrase in verse [15](../07/15.md). Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1022	7:35	tc23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ εἰς τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, καὶ διδάσκειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας?	1	The Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely he is not about to go to the dispersion of the Greeks and to teach the Greeks!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1023	7:35	ef1y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν διασπορὰν	1	Here, **dispersion** refers to the Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who are dispersed” or “the Jews who are scattered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1024	7:35	g64h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων	1	The Jews used the phrase **of the Greeks** to describe the location where the Jews were dispersed. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Jews who are dispersed among the Greeks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1025	7:36	ib6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε	1	Here, **word** is used to refer to the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared. The Jewish leaders had failed to understand that message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What was he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1026	7:36	h18z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπε, ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1027	7:36	dyy1			ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1	See how you translated this in verse [34](../07/34.md).
1028	7:37	elc6				0	# General Information:\n\nAbout three or four days has passed since the events described in verses [14–36](../07/14.md). It is now the last day of the Festival of Shelters, and Jesus speaks to the crowd.
1029	7:37	n3um		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἔκραξεν λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “cried out, and he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1030	7:37	ipem			ἔκραξεν	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse [28](../07/28.md).
1031	7:37	iy9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις διψᾷ	1	Here Jesus uses **thirst** to refer to a person’s need for God, just as someone would **thirst** for water. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “If anyone who recognizes their need for God is like a thirsty person who desires water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1032	7:37	ayn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω	1	Here Jesus uses **come** and **drink** to refer together to believing in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “let him believe in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1033	7:38	u9cx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή	1	If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. You will also need to adjust some words to fit the new order. Alternate translation: “As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
1034	7:38	wtl7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή, ποταμοὶ ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “rivers of living water will flow from the stomach of the one believing in me, just as the scripture says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1035	7:38	q926		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή	1	Here Jesus uses **scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophets spoke in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1036	7:38	uw2q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποταμοὶ & ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	Here Jesus uses **rivers** to refer to a constant and abundant flow of **living water**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “An abundance of living water will flow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1037	7:38	yt75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	Jesus uses **living water** here to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, since John explains this meaning in the next verse, you do not need to explain it further here. See how you translated **living water** in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
1038	7:38	y1zb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	Here, **living** is used to mean “giving eternal life” or “causing people to live forever.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of water that gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1039	7:38	ebk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) the person who believes in Jesus. This meaning is used in most Bible translations and assumes that a new sentence begins at the beginning of this verse. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “his” (2) Jesus. This meaning is used in some ancient church writings and assumes that the sentence at the end of the previous verse continues into through **the one believing in me** in this verse. Alternate translation: “my” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1040	7:38	cx1q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ	1	Here the **stomach** is used to refer to the non-physical part of a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1041	7:39	i8wx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	# General Information:\n\nIn this verse John gives information to clarify what Jesus was talking about in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1042	7:39	qbr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὔπω & ἦν Πνεῦμα	1	John implies here that **the Spirit** would later come to dwell in those who trusted in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit had not yet come to dwell in the believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1043	7:39	n599		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη	1	Here the word **glorified** could refer to: (1) the time when Jesus would die on the cross and rise from the dead (see John [12:23](../12/23.md)). Alternate translation: “had not yet been crucified and resurrected” (2) the time when Jesus would ascend to his Father in heaven. [Acts 1–2](../act/01/01.md) records the Holy Spirit coming after Jesus went up to heaven. Alternate translation: “had not yet returned to God in glory” (3) both the crucifixion, resurrection, and ascension of Jesus. Alternate translation: “had not yet been glorified by his death, resurrection, and return to heaven” See the discussion of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1044	7:40	xvts		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1	**Then** here indicates that what follows is the continuation of the narrative from [7:38](../07/38.md), which John had interrupted with background information in [7:39](../07/39.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could show reference to earlier events by translating this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus had said this about the Holy Spirit,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1045	7:40	schi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου	1	See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
1046	7:40	ifli		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τούτων	1	John uses the term **words** to describe the content of what Jesus had said by referring to something associated with it, the **words** he used to communicate it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things he was saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1047	7:40	shq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1	See how you translated **the Prophet** in [1:21](01/21.md). Alternate translation: “the Prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
1048	7:41	alq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται?	1	These people are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the Christ surely does not come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1049	7:42	n8nb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός?	1	The people are using the form of a question to add emphasis. This group of people does not believe Jesus is the Messiah, because they do not think he came from Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating the words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The scriptures surely say that the Christ will come from the seed of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1050	7:42	ep4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν	1	**Scripture** here is referred to as though it were a person who could speak. If this use of **said** might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Have the prophets not said in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1051	7:43	h7d3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	σχίσμα & ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the crowd was divided” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1052	7:43	lf5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ	1	See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
1053	7:44	yv80		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τινὲς & ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	Here, **them** refers to the people in the crowd with whom Jesus had just spoken, particularly those who were opposed to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of his opponents in the crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1054	7:44	rc64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας	1	See how you translated this phrase in [7:30](../07/30.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1055	7:47	z95z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε?	1	The **Pharisees** ask this question in a way that expects a negative response but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that you have also been deceived?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1056	7:47	i47o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He has not also deceived you, has he?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1057	7:48	e8vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μή τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων?	1	Here, **the Pharisees** are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely none from the rulers have believed in him, or from the Pharisees!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1058	7:48	zkmd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν ἀρχόντων	1	Here, **rulers** refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin, which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) See how you translated **rulers** in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “a member of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1059	7:49	n0am		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1	See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
1060	7:49	y4wf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	τὸν νόμον	1	See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
1061	7:49	jk8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has cursed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1062	7:50	u5ha		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον, εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is and the conversation he had with Jesus that is recorded in [chapter 3](../03/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “this man was a Pharisee who had spoken with Jesus at an earlier time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1063	7:50	yw8i			εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “although he was one of them” or “despite being one of them”
1064	7:50	hj1u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
1065	7:51	ia3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ?	1	Nicodemus is using the form of a question to add emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Our law certainly does not judge a man unless it might first hear from him and might know what he does!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1066	7:51	y8df		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ	1	Nicodemus speaks of the **law** as if it were a person. If this use of **law** is not natural in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It is not written in our law that we may judge a man unless we might first hear from him and might know what he does, is it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1067	7:51	c2h5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	Here, **a man** does not refer to a specific man. It refers to any man in general. Alternate translation: “any man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1068	7:52	pt91		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ?	1	The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not **from Galilee**. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. If your language does not use questions in this way, use another way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “You must also be one of those people from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1069	7:52	k6pg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε	1	Here, John records the Jewish leaders leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the missing words from the context. Alternate translation: “Look carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures to learn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1070	7:52	jm59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας οὐκ ἐγείρεται	1	The Jewish leaders believed that Jesus came **from Galilee** and that no **prophet** in the scriptures came **from Galilee**. Therefore, based on their reasoning, Jesus could not be a **prophet**. However, what they believed was incorrect. Jesus did not originally come from Galilee, but Bethlehem in Judea. Also, the prophet Jonah came **from Galilee** ([2 Kings 14:25](../2ki/14/25.md)) and [Isaiah 9:1–7](../isa/09/01.md) said that the Messiah would be a great light rising from Galilee. If your readers might not understand what the Jewish leaders are implying, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “no prophet rises up from Galilee, so this man cannot be a true prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1071	7:52	i0im			ἐγείρεται	1	Here, **rises up** means to appear. Alternate translation: “appears”
1072	7:53	s5fi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants		0	# General Information:\n\nThe best early texts do not have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. See the discussion of this textual issue in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1073	8:intro	e667				0	# John 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus forgives the adulterous woman [8:1–11](../08/01.md)\n2. Jesus says he is the light of the world (8:12–20)\n3. Jesus says he came from above (8:21–30)\n4. Jesus says he frees people from sin (8:31–36)\n5. Jesus describes the true children of Abraham and the children of Satan (8:37–47)\n6. Jesus is greater than Abraham (8:48–59)\n\nTranslators may wish to include a note at [8:1](../08/01.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate [8:1–11](../08/01.md). [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md) are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. Those ancient texts which do have these verses also have many differences between them, which are additional evidence that these verses were not originally in the Gospel of John. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nGenerally in John’s Gospel, light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. Similar to the discussion of light in [1:4–9](../01/04.md), in [8:12](../08/12.md) Jesus applies the light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. Jesus calls himself the Light of the World because he is the one who enables people to know God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/light]])\n\n### I AM\n\nJohn records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase three times in this chapter ([8:24](../08/24.md), [28](../08/28.md), [58](../08/58.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in [Exodus 3:14](../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1074	8:1	mkz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants		0	# General Information:\n\nThe best early texts do not have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. See the discussion of this textual issue in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1075	8:12	m4ma		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent		0	In this verse Jesus begins speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple some time after the events of [John 7:1–52](../07/01.md). John does not mark the beginning of this new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1076	8:12	pvpr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	πάλιν & αὐτοῖς ἐλάλησεν & λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “spoke to the people again, and he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1077	8:12	k5ib		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου & ἀλλ’ ἕξει τὸ φῶς τῆς ζωῆς	1	Here Jesus uses **light** to refer to God’s truth and goodness that are revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. See the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes to this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness, that is like a light, to the world … but will have that truth and goodness of life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1078	8:12	yc5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	Here, **world** refers to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the people of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1079	8:12	zf41		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ	1	Here, **following** means to become Jesus’ disciple and obey his teachings. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “the one who becomes my disciple” or “the one who obeys me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1080	8:12	tse3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1	Here Jesus uses the phrase **walk in the darkness** to refer to living a sinful life. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “may certainly not live as if he were living in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1081	8:12	vw7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	φῶς τῆς ζωῆς	1	Here, John records Jesus using the **of** to describe **light** that gives **life**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “light that brings life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1082	8:12	lvdg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1	Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1083	8:13	ih9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς	1	The Pharisees assumed that their listeners understood that they were referring to Jesus testifying about himself without there being any other witnesses to confirm his **testimony**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are testifying about yourself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1084	8:13	mrj6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής	1	The Pharisees are implying that the **testimony** of only one person **is not true** because of a rule in the law of Moses. According to [Deuteronomy 19:15](../deu/19/15.md), a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “your testimony about yourself cannot be true because the law of Moses requires at least two witnesses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1085	8:14	bh68		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ οἴδατε	1	In [8:14–20](../08/14.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Pharisees. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If this would confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but you Pharisees do not know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1086	8:15	k92s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν σάρκα	1	Here Jesus uses **the flesh** to refer to human standards. Such standards are superficial and based on the limitations of sinful human nature. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “standards limited by human nature” or “superficial human standards” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1087	8:15	j79i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα	1	This could mean: (1) Jesus does not judge anyone in the same manner as the Pharisees, that is, **according to the flesh**. Alternate translation: “I do not judge anyone according to the flesh” (2) Jesus is not judging anyone at that time. Alternate translation: “I do not judge anyone at this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1088	8:16	ys2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what I judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1089	8:16	jb2f			ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν	1	Here, Jesus is contrasting the nature of the Pharisees’ **judgment** with the nature of his own **judgment**. Alternate translation: “my judgment is right” or “my judgment is according to what is true”
1090	8:16	ev1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μόνος οὐκ εἰμί	1	Here, Jesus implies that he is **not alone** when he judges people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not alone in how I judge” or “I do not judge alone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1091	8:16	cbrc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ	1	Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1092	8:16	r7dx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ & Πατήρ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1093	8:17	r2r8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “Moses” did it. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1094	8:17	l6ln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθής ἐστιν	1	Here, Jesus is referring to a rule in the law of Moses. According to [Deuteronomy 19:15](../deu/19/15.md), a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If it would be helpful to your readers, then you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if the testimony of two men agrees, then it is valid” or “if two men say something that agrees, then it should be considered to be true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1095	8:18	gfd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ	1	In addition to Jesus himself, God **the Father** also **testifies about** Jesus. Jesus thus implies that his testimony is true, because there are two witnesses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Father, who sent me, also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true” or “my Father, who sent me, also testifies about me. Therefore, my testimony is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1096	8:18	ayl5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ	1	Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in verse [16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1097	8:18	ycc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ & Πατήρ	2	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1098	8:19	o66t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου. εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε	1	In this verse, **know** refers to knowing who Jesus and God actually are, not just knowing information about them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know neither who I am nor who my Father is; if you had known who I am, you would have known who my Father is also” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1099	8:19	b26z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1100	8:19	wcd1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε.	1	Here, Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that the Pharisees do not know who he really is and do not really know God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “you do not know me, because if you did, you would also know my Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
1101	8:20	p01r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	In this verse John finishes telling about the events in the story by giving background information about where these events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1102	8:20	xa7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα	1	Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus had just spoken in verses [12–19](../08/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things about himself” or “these things to the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1103	8:20	witr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ	1	A **treasury** is the place where treasures are stored. In Jesus’ time, the temple **treasury** referred to a place in the courtyard that had containers for receiving money offerings. If your readers would not be familiar with this use of **treasury**, you could give a fuller description. Alternate translation: “the place where people gave money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1104	8:20	b11j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the word **hour** is used to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this phrase in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1105	8:21	ls93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	εἶπεν οὖν πάλιν αὐτοῖς	1	**Then again** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “At another time he again said to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1106	8:21	lxox		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ἐγὼ ὑπάγω & ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω	1	Two times in this verse Jesus uses **go away** to refer to his death and return to God in heaven. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
1107	8:21	d70v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν	1	Here, **sin** is singular. This could refer to one: (1) the specific sin of rejecting Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “in your sin of unbelief” (2) sinfulness in general. Alternate translation: “in your state of sinfulness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1108	8:21	m0w8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “You are not able to come to where I go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
1109	8:22	a4p4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1110	8:22	upxp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μήτι ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυτὸν	1	John records the Jewish leaders using the form of a question in a way that expects a negative response but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that he will kill himself?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1111	8:22	vskt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι λέγει, ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Is that why he says that where he goes, we will not be able to come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1112	8:22	mi1t			ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1	See how you translated this clause in the previous verse.
1113	8:23	oc6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ	1	In [8:23–30](../08/23.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Jewish leaders. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities are from below” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1114	8:23	zug9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ	1	The phrase **from below** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You came from the things below” (2) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “You belong to the things below” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1115	8:23	tg9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν κάτω	1	Here, John records Jesus using **the things below** to refer to **this world**. It does not refer to hell. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are from this lower world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1116	8:23	a7ny		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί	1	The phrase **from the things above** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “I came from the things above” (2) the place where the subject belongs, which is heaven. Alternate translation: “I belong to the things above” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1117	8:23	qlv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί	1	Here, John records Jesus using **the things above** to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1118	8:23	svn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ, ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	The phrase **from this world** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You come from this world; I do not come from this world” (2) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “You belong to this world; I do not belong to this world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1119	8:23	w3vx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τούτου τοῦ κόσμου & τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Here, **this world** refers to everything in the universe that has been corrupted by sin and is hostile to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this sinful world … this sinful world” or “this world that opposes God … this world that opposes God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1120	8:24	jgw4			ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν & ἐγώ εἰμι, ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν	1	This phrase **you will die in your sins** is different from the similar statement in verse [21](../08/21.md) because **sins** is plural in this verse but singular in that verse. Therefore, make sure that you translate **sins** differently than how you translated “sin” in verse [21](../08/21.md).
1121	8:24	he1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι	1	This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM” in [Exodus 3:14](../exo/03/14.md). Alternate translation: “that I am the I AM” (2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself in the previous verse: “that I am from above” See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1122	8:25	t7tv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἔλεγον	1	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1123	8:25	c106		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τὴν ἀρχὴν ὅ τι καὶ λαλῶ ὑμῖν?	1	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he has already told the Jewish leaders who he is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am who I have been telling you I am since the beginning!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1124	8:26	f9pp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	ἀλλ’ ὁ πέμψας με ἀληθής ἐστιν, κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ’ αὐτοῦ, ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases and make a new sentence. Alternate translation: “But I will say to the world the things that I heard from him who sent me. He is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
1125	8:26	n3gf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ὁ πέμψας με & παρ’ αὐτοῦ	1	These phrases refer to God. However, since the Jewish leaders did not understand what Jesus meant when he used these phrases, you do not need to explain their meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
1126	8:26	ivk5			ὁ πέμψας με ἀληθής ἐστιν	1	Here, **true** means to be truthful or to speak only the truth. If this use of **true** would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is truthful” or “the one who sent me tells the truth”
1127	8:26	xj8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ’ αὐτοῦ, ταῦτα	1	Jesus says that **the one who sent** him **is true** in order to imply that **these things** he **heard** and spoke are **true**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the true things that I heard from him, these true things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1128	8:26	lsc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	Here, John records Jesus using **the world** to refer to the people who live in **the world**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things I say to everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1129	8:27	i7gq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	# General Information:\n\nIn this verse John gives information about the Jewish leaders to explain their reaction to Jesus’ teaching. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1130	8:27	hh1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1131	8:28	x6ca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅταν ὑψώσητε	1	Here, John records Jesus referring to when he would be **lifted up** on the cross to be killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you have lifted me up on a cross to kill me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1132	8:28	qsch		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὅταν ὑψώσητε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this clause in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1133	8:28	er3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1134	8:28	tcs5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse [24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1135	8:28	zysh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	See how you translated this phrase, **from myself**, in [5:30](../05/30.md). Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1136	8:28	vq9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με ὁ Πατὴρ, ταῦτα λαλῶ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1137	8:29	w9cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με	1	Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1138	8:29	vai4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	Here Jesus uses **with me** to refer to God’s help. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “helping me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1139	8:30	ld9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	Here, John is describing something that happened at the same time as the other clause in the sentence. If this might confuse your readers, you could make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “At the time Jesus was saying these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
1140	8:31	tgat		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τοὺς & Ἰουδαίους	1	In [8:31–59](../08/31.md) **those Jews** could refer to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “those Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “those Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1141	8:31	f79h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1	In [8:31–59](../08/31.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he could be speaking to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1142	8:31	g752		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ	1	The phrase **remain in my word** means to obey what **Jesus** said. If this might confuse your readers, you can express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1143	8:32	esz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς	1	Jesus speaks of **truth** as though it were a person who could **free** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “knowing the truth will cause you to be free” or “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1144	8:32	xf9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀλήθειαν & ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	Here, **the truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is true about God … those true things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
1145	8:33	n34n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε	1	The Jews are using the question form here to emphasize their shock at what Jesus has said. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1146	8:33	s6jz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “how can you say that we will be free” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1147	8:34	i2pn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1148	8:34	jg3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	Here Jesus uses the word **slave** to refer to someone who cannot stop sinning. This implies that **sin** is like a master for the person who sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile instead. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1149	8:35	nfyp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ & δοῦλος οὐ μένει & ὁ Υἱὸς μένει	1	Jesus is speaking of slaves and sons in general, not of one particular **slave** and **son**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “slaves do not remain … sons remain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1150	8:35	sg4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ	1	Here, Jesus uses **house** to refer to the family that lives inside the **house**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1151	8:35	mknn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	This clause is in contrast to the previous clause. Although slaves do not remain permanent members of the family who owns them, sons are permanent family members. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but the son remains into eternity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1152	8:35	j73t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “the son remains in the house into eternity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1153	8:36	n6fp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐὰν & ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1	It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin. Alternate translation: “if the Son sets you free from sin, you will truly be free” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1154	8:36	w3q1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἐὰν & ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ	1	Unlike the generic use of **son** in the previous verse, here Jesus uses **the Son** to refer to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “if I, the Son, free you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1155	8:36	mapu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐὰν & ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ	1	Here Jesus uses **frees** to refer to stopping people from being controlled by their sinful desires. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “if the Son frees you from being controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1156	8:36	nqcr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς	1	**Son** is an important title for Jesus, **the Son** of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1157	8:36	ak0s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1	Here Jesus uses **free** to refer to people no longer being controlled by their sinful desires and thus able to avoid sinning. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “you will truly no longer be controlled by sin” or “you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1158	8:37	orw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	This phrase **has no place in you** is an idiom that means to truly accept or believe something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a similar idiom in your language or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not receive my words in your hearts” or “you reject my words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1159	8:37	ph1q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς	1	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1160	8:38	m62y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1161	8:38	f9yu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	καὶ ὑμεῖς & ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε	1	In this clause, Jesus uses the phrase **the father** to refer to the devil. Despite using the same words as in the previous clause, here Jesus is not referring to God. However, since Jesus did not yet reveal what he meant when he used this phrase, but was speaking ambiguously, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
1162	8:39	qp2r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ	1	Here the people use **father** to refer to their ancestor. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our forefather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1163	8:39	wg9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
1164	8:39	v7og		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1	Here Jesus uses **children** to mean “descendants.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “descendants of Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1165	8:39	xcnx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ	1	Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that were done by **Abraham**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1166	8:40	s615		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν	1	Here, **this** refers to what Jesus said earlier in the verse about what the Jews were trying to do to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not seek to kill someone who told him the truth from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1167	8:41	i87r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	Jesus uses the phrase **your father** to refer to the devil. However, since the Jews did not understand what Jesus meant when he used this phrase, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
1168	8:41	y82e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα	1	Here, the Jews imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is and that his birth is the result of an immoral sexual relationship. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children” or “We were all born from proper marriages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1169	8:42	nh4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ὁ Θεὸς Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἦν, ἠγαπᾶτε ἂν ἐμέ	1	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he already knows that the condition is not true. Jesus knows that the Jews speaking to him here do not love him and are not true followers of God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “God is surely not your father, because if he were, you would love me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
1170	8:42	mk2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐλήλυθα	1	Here, **from** is used to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have I come on my own authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1171	8:42	p7iv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνός	1	Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1172	8:43	ig11		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί τὴν λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε?	1	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1173	8:43	yham		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν	1	Here, **hear** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not able to heed my words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1174	8:43	cf8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν	1	Here, Jesus uses **words** to refer to his teachings. See how you translated this phrase in [5:47](../05/47.md). Alternate translation: “my teachings.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1175	8:44	vgy1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ	1	The phrase **from your father** could refer to: (1) the person to whom the subject belongs, as in the UST. (2) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You came from your father, the devil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1176	8:44	csgm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1	Here, **That one** refers to **the devil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The devil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1177	8:44	pmda		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἦν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς	1	Here, **the beginning** refers to the time when the first humans, Adam and Eve, sinned. It does not refer to the very beginning of time. The devil tempted Eve to sin and Adam sinned as well. Because they sinned, all living things die as part of the punishment for sin. Therefore, Jesus calls **the devil** a **murderer** for starting the process that brought death to the world. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “was a murderer from the time when he tempted the first people to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1178	8:44	i1e4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐκ ἔστηκεν	1	The phrase **does not stand in the truth** is an idiom that means to not accept or approve of what is true. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “does not approve of the truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1179	8:44	j6rz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ	1	Here Jesus speaks of **truth** as if it were an object that could exist inside someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he never speaks the truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1180	8:44	hqmo			ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων λαλεῖ	1	Alternate translation: “he speaks according to his character” or “he speaks what is most natural for him to speak”
1181	8:44	k1qu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus uses **father** to refer to the one who originated the act of lying. Since **the devil** is the first being to tell a lie, he is called the **father** of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the first one to lie” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1182	8:44	x11i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, **it** refers to the act of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the father of lying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1183	8:46	y3gz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας?	1	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he has never sinned. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “None of you can convict me concerning sin!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1184	8:46	kh6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω	1	John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what John is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
1185	8:46	ibp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι?	1	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to scold the Jews for their unbelief. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have no reason for not believing me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1186	8:47	lien		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ & ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἐστέ	1	The phrase **from God** could refer to: (1) the person to whom the subject belongs, as in the UST. (2) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “He who came from God … you did not come from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1187	8:47	nmmq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Although **He** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “A person who is from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1188	8:47	njo6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀκούει & ὑμεῖς οὐκ ἀκούετε	1	Here, **hears** and **hear** mean to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated **hear** in verse [43](../08/43.md). Alternate translation: “heeds … you do not heed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1189	8:47	l7gy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here, Jesus uses **words** to refer to what God has said. See how you translated **words** in [5:47](../05/47.md). Alternate translation: “the things that God has said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1190	8:48	vu1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Here, **The Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1191	8:48	cic5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις?	1	**The Jews** are using a rhetorical question here to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly say rightly that you are a Samaritan and have a demon!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1192	8:48	ovbe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ	1	Most Jewish people in Jesus’ time hated and despised Samaritans, so his Jewish opponents here called Jesus a **Samaritan** in order to insult him. Use the natural form in your language to indicate that this is an insult. Alternate translation: “you are one of those accursed Samaritans” or “you are an enemy Samaritan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1193	8:48	fk8t			δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1	See how you translated this phrase in [7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “a demon is inside of you!” or “you must be under the control of a demon!”
1194	8:49	pgts			ἐγὼ δαιμόνιον οὐκ ἔχω	1	See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “a demon is not inside of me” or “I am not under the control of a demon”
1195	8:50	wmmd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	οὐ ζητῶ τὴν δόξαν μου	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I do not seek to glorify myself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1196	8:50	fg43		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων	1	Here, **one** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God is the one seeking and judging” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1197	8:50	d00s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὁ ζητῶν	1	Here, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “one seeking my glory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1198	8:50	cs55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	κρίνων	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. Here, **judging** could refer to: (1) God **judging** between what Jesus said about himself and what his Jewish opponents were saying about him. Alternate translation: “judging between your testimony and mine” (2) God condemning those who dishonor Jesus. Alternate translation: “judging those who dishonor me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1199	8:51	fb52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1200	8:51	m46r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον	1	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. See how you translated this phrase in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1201	8:51	bgrt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ	1	Here Jesus uses **see** to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1202	8:51	gx7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	Jesus uses **death** to refer to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical **death**. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
1203	8:52	e9xz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1204	8:52	bwhv			δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1	Alternate translation: “a demon is inside of you” or “you must be under the control of a demon”
1205	8:52	wzq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	σὺ λέγεις, ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that if anyone keeps your word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1206	8:52	zah1			ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ	1	See how you translated this in the previous verse.
1207	8:52	a1ls		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ γεύσηται θανάτου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	**The Jews** say here that Jesus used **taste** to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not ever experience death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1208	8:52	il4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θανάτου	1	See how you translated **death** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1209	8:53	shp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν?	1	The Jews are using this question to emphasize that they do not think that Jesus is **greater than Abraham**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who died!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1210	8:53	p38s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../08/39.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1211	8:53	cei7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς?	1	The Jews are using this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not think that you are so important!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1212	8:54	ab13		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1213	8:54	lomt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “about whom you say that he is your God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1214	8:55	c3bm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	Here Jesus uses **word** to refer what God has said. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1215	8:56	wofu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../08/39.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1216	8:56	vb1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἴδῃ & εἶδεν	1	Here Jesus uses **see** to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he might experience … he experienced it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1217	8:56	tyu5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν	1	Here Jesus uses **my day** to refer to the time when Jesus came to earth. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my coming” or “the time when I would come to earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1218	8:56	hv5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη	1	This phrase could mean: (1) Abraham literally **saw** a prophetic vision of Jesus coming to earth. Alternate translation: “he foresaw my coming through revelation from God and was glad” (2) when his son Isaac was born, Abraham metaphorically **saw** that God was beginning to fulfill the covenant that would culminate in Jesus coming to earth. Alternate translation: “he perceived my coming when God gave him a son, and he was glad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1219	8:57	yzf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	See how you translated **the Jews** in [8:31](../08/31.md). Alternate translation: “the Judeans” or “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1220	8:57	r1ek		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας?	1	Here, **the Jews** opposing Jesus are using this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are less than fifty years old! You could not possibly have seen Abraham!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1221	8:58	rnw4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1222	8:58	k4tp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγὼ εἰμί	1	See how you translated **I am** verse [24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1223	8:59	bxs5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦραν & λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	The Jews opposing **Jesus** are outraged at what **Jesus** said in the previous verse. Here, John implies that they **picked up stones** in order to kill him by stoning because he had made himself equal to God (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/stone]]). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they picked up stones in order to kill him, because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1224	8:59	qwe6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	**Jesus** and his Jewish opponents were in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated **temple** in [8:14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1225	9:intro	hq31				0	# John 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ sixth sign: he heals a blind man (9:1–12)\n2. The Pharisees question the formerly blind man whom Jesus healed (9:13–34)\n3. Jesus speaks with the formerly blind man and some Pharisees (9:35–41)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Who sinned?”\n\nMany of the Jews in Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he, his parents, or someone else in his family had sinned. The rabbis even taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### “A sinner”\n\nThe Pharisees call some people in this chapter “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### “He does not keep the Sabbath”\n\nThe Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by healing the blind man. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n## Important Metaphors in this Chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nThe Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### Seeing and being blind\n\nJesus uses the healing of the blind man as a metaphor for spiritual blindness. Just as a blind man cannot see the physical world, a man who is spiritually blind does not recognize God’s truth, which includes his sinfulness and need for salvation. The blind man in this story is first healed from his physical blindness ([9:6–7](../09/06.md)), then from his spiritual blindness ([9:38](../09/38.md)). By contrast, the Pharisees are not physically blind but are spiritually blind. Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they have seen him do great miracles that only someone sent from God could do, but they still refuse to believe that God sent him or that they are sinners who need to repent ([9:39–40](../09/39.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([9:35](../09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1226	9:1	un4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	**And** here shows that John intended for the events in this chapter to be directly connected to what Jesus said in the previous chapter. In [chapter 8](../08/01.md), Jesus said that he is the Light of the World. In this chapter, Jesus demonstrates that he is the Light of the World by giving physical sight and spiritual light to a blind man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1227	9:2	hf1y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν & λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “asked him, and they said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1228	9:2	w44c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τίς ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ?	1	This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused illnesses and other deformities. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1229	9:2	zzh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that he might be blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1230	9:3	q69k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἵνα φανερωθῇ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	Here, John records Jesus leaving out some information that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “he was born blind so that the works of God might be revealed in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1231	9:3	agwa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that are performed by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1232	9:3	omt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	φανερωθῇ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I might reveal the works of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1233	9:3	j9re		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῷ	1	Here, **him** could refer to: (1) the man’s body, especially his blind eyes. Alternate translation: “in his body” (2) the man’s body and spirit. Alternate translation: “in his body and spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1234	9:4	h231		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	When Jesus says **us** here, he is including himself and the disciples who are with him. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1235	9:4	qs5q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	Here, Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that God wants Jesus and his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works that the one who sent me demands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1236	9:4	mv5u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	Here, **the one having sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1237	9:4	x8rx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν; ἔρχεται νὺξ	1	Here, **day** and **night** could mean: (1) the time when Jesus was on the earth with his disciples and the time when he was no longer on earth, respectively. Alternate translation: “while I am still with you. The time when I will leave you is coming” (2) a person’s lifetime and the time that person dies, respectively. Alternate translation: “while we are still alive. The time when we will die is coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1238	9:4	g92d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν	1	Here Jesus uses **day**. He compares the time when he and his disciples can do God’s work to the daytime, which is the time when people normally work. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while it is the time like the daylight hours when people usually work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1239	9:4	rloj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται νὺξ	1	Here Jesus uses **Night**. He compares the time when he and his disciples cannot do God’s work to the nighttime, which is the time when people normally cannot work because it is too dark to see. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The time like the night hours is coming when people cannot work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1240	9:5	f2xu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	Here Jesus uses **world** to refer to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1241	9:5	dd8k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	φῶς εἰμι τοῦ κόσμου	1	See how you translated this clause in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “I am the one who is like a light and who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1242	9:6	y3s4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος	1	Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and **saliva** into **mud**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1243	9:7	ily8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	νίψαι & ἐνίψατο	1	Here, Jesus wanted the blind man to **wash** the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that is what the man did. Jesus did not want him to bathe or **wash** his whole body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and wash your eyes … washed his eyes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1244	9:7	haum		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὴν κολυμβήθραν τοῦ Σιλωάμ	1	Jesus is using **of** to describe a **pool** that is called **Siloam**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the pool named Siloam” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1245	9:7	ror0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1246	9:7	ri9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	In this clause John provides a brief break in the storyline in order to explain to his readers what **Siloam** means. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1247	9:7	p54y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name **Siloam** means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is the Aramaic word for ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1248	9:7	q68b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἦλθεν	1	As the next verse suggests, the man **came back** to his home, not to Jesus. Your language may state “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went back” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
1249	9:7	rj0w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βλέπων	1	Here, **seeing** means that the man became able to see before coming back. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after becoming able to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1250	9:8	d1vq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὅτι προσαίτης ἦν	1	This clause is missing some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “those who had seen that he was a beggar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1251	9:8	r79x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν?	1	The people here are using a rhetorical question to express their surprise at seeing the blind man who has been healed. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is the one who used to sit and beg!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1252	9:10	m97n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί?	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “How did your eyes become opened?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1253	9:10	yy53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί	1	Here, **eyes** **opened** describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How are you able to see?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1254	9:11	nii1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰησοῦς	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom we call Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1255	9:11	a42y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πηλὸν ἐποίησεν	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:6](../09/06.md). Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt with saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1256	9:11	b5zf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	νίψαι & καὶ νιψάμενος	1	See how you translated **wash** in [9:7](../09/07.md). Alternate translation: “wash your eyes … and having washed my eyes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1257	9:11	ajxb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀνέβλεψα	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sight**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I could see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1258	9:13	cu14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	ἄγουσιν	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
1259	9:14	dl48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	# General Information:\n\nIn this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when Jesus healed the man. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1260	9:14	ef0w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν πηλὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1	The negative reaction of the Pharisees described in the following verses is based on their belief that, according to their religious law, Jesus’ actions were considered to be work. Therefore, they believed that he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus made the mud and opened his eyes. These were two deeds the Pharisees considered to be work.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1261	9:14	qxy9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1	Here, **opened** **eyes** describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caused him to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1262	9:15	d6xd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	Here, **again** means that this is the second time people questioned the blind man whom Jesus had healed. It does not mean that this is the second time **the Pharisees** questioned him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then, in addition to his neighbors questioning him, the Pharisees also began asking him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1263	9:15	exy2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀνέβλεψεν	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “he could see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1264	9:15	g2vb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐνιψάμην	1	See how you translated **washed** in [9:11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “I washed my eyes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1265	9:16	hdh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ	1	The phrase **he does not keep the Sabbath** means he disobeys the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees added many regulations which they considered to be equal with those that God had given. It was these additional regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Pharisees very angry with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he does not obeying our Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1266	9:16	h0tt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	Here, **from** is used to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came **from God**. Since Jesus was not obeying the Pharisees’ rules, they refused to believe that God had given him authority. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This man does not have God’s authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1267	9:16	k4sy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν?	1	Some people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that Jesus’ signs prove he is not a sinner. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A sinner cannot possibly do such signs!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1268	9:16	qn73			σημεῖα	1	See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
1269	9:16	jeyz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	σχίσμα ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they divided themselves against each other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1270	9:17	lxnf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	λέγουσιν	1	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
1271	9:17	glud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1	Because the next verse indicates that the Pharisees did not believe that the man used to be blind, here, **since** does not mean that they thought the man had really been healed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you claim that he opened your eyes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1272	9:17	lcb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1	Here, **he opened your eyes** describes the newly gained ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “he caused you to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1273	9:18	y3wn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	**Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the result of what the man said about Jesus in the previous verse. Because the formerly blind man believed Jesus was a prophet, **the Jews** who opposed Jesus refused to believe that the man had really been blind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Since the man said that Jesus was a prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1274	9:18	awp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1275	9:19	umip		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἠρώτησαν αὐτοὺς λέγοντες	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they asked him, and they said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1276	9:19	npf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was blind when you bore him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1277	9:20	pg6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1278	9:21	ahky		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1	The phrase **full maturity** describes a person who is an adult and is legally responsible for himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is an adult” or “is a full-grown man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1279	9:22	yq73		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	# General Information:\n\nIn this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1280	9:22	k2iw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους & οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1281	9:22	yjv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται	1	Here John uses **put out of the synagogue** to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were **put out of the synagogue**, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1282	9:23	go77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1	See how you translated this phrase in [9:21](../09/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1283	9:24	h1tl			ἐφώνησαν & τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders introduced in ([9:18](../09/18.md))
1284	9:24	bkx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ	1	This is an idiom that Jewish people used when commanding someone to take an oath. It first appears in [Joshua 7:19](../jos/07/19.md) when Joshua orders Achan to confess his sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Speak the truth before God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1285	9:24	ww3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this man** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1286	9:25	sr93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1	Here, **that one** refers to the man who had been blind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the man who had been blind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1287	9:26	z2l2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πῶς ἤνοιξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1	Here, **open eyes** describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How did he cause you to see?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1288	9:27	cf2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν?	1	The man is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize his amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you want to listen again to what happened to me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1289	9:27	rpav		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι?	1	Here the formerly blind man actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus, but asks this question to ridicule them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
1290	9:28	h7hy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκείνου	1	Here John records the Jewish leaders saying **that one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “of that so-and-so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1291	9:28	z2tn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐσμὲν μαθηταί	1	Here, the pronoun **we** is exclusive. The Jewish leaders are speaking only of themselves. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “but we true Jews are disciples of Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1292	9:29	b8id		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1	Here John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1293	9:29	vv43		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦτον & πόθεν ἐστίν	1	Here, the Jewish leaders use **from** to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came **from** God, but they say that they do not know where he came **from**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “where this one gets his authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1294	9:30	d9uh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἐν τούτῳ γὰρ τὸ θαυμαστόν ἐστιν, ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε	1	If the plain statement form for this seems unnatural, you could translate this as an exclamation and you may need to make a new sentence. Alternate translation: “This is amazing! You do not know” or “How remarkable! You do not know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1295	9:30	i3gm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πόθεν ἐστίν	1	See how you translated **from** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1296	9:30	lent		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἤνοιξέν μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “he caused me to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1297	9:31	e7ec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτωλῶν & οὐκ ἀκούει & τούτου ἀκούει	1	Here, **hear** and **hears** mean paying attention to or listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to **hear** what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not heed sinners … he heeds this one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1298	9:32	b2xt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἠκούσθη	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one has ever heard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1299	9:32	hstv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἠνέῳξέν & ὀφθαλμοὺς τυφλοῦ γεγεννημένου	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “caused one having been born blind to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1300	9:32	bzxd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τυφλοῦ γεγεννημένου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of one who was blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1301	9:33	tt5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ, οὐκ ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν	1	Here, the formerly blind man uses a double negative sentence pattern to emphasize the positive fact that Jesus must be **from God**. If this double-negative pattern would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only a man from God would be able to do anything like that!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1302	9:33	pyin		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ	1	The formerly blind man is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He has concluded that Jesus must have come **from God** because he healed him. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not from God, but he is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
1303	9:33	sd3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ ἦν & παρὰ Θεοῦ	1	See how you translated **from God** in [9:16](../09/16.md). Alternate translation: “did not have God’s authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1304	9:33	ry9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδέν	1	Here, **anything** does not mean “anything at all.” It means **anything** like the miraculous signs that Jesus was performing, particularly his healing of this man who was born blind. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “anything like healing a man blind from birth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1305	9:34	da3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς?	1	The Jewish leaders are using a question to emphasize their belief that this man was not qualified to question their opinion. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You were completely born in sins, and you are not qualified to teach us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1306	9:34	wo1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Your mother bore you completely in sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1307	9:34	mcm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος	1	The Jewish leaders mention the formerly blind man being **born in sins** to imply that the **sins** of his parents had caused his blindness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You were born blind completely because of your parents’ sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1308	9:34	kl2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1	Here John uses **threw him out** to refer to him no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were thrown out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was forbidden to enter the synagogue” or “he was forbidden to belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1309	9:35	z6r9				0	# General Information:\n\nJesus finds the man whom he healed in ([9:1–7](../09/01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd.
1310	9:35	amfh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “they had forbidden him from entering the synagogue” or “they had forbidden him from belonging to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1311	9:35	mxkw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εὑρὼν αὐτὸν	1	Here, **found** implies that **Jesus** had first searched for the man. It does not mean that Jesus unintentionally or accidentally met the man at another time. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having looked for him and found him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1312	9:35	tw58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man”. However, the formerly blind man did not realize that Jesus was speaking of himself, and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to him until verse [37](../09/37.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain that Jesus is speaking about himself here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
1313	9:35	v3a0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1314	9:36	gurg			κύριε	1	The formerly blind man calls Jesus **sir** in order to show respect or politeness. He does not yet know that Jesus is the Lord. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
1315	9:37	z3rk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	καὶ ὁ λαλῶν μετὰ σοῦ ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν	1	Here, Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person form. Alternate translation: “and I, the one who is speaking with you, am that one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1316	9:38	emlm			Κύριε	1	Now that the formerly blind man knows that Jesus is the **Lord,** he calls Jesus **Lord**. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
1317	9:38	gf4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πιστεύω	1	Here, the formerly blind man is leaving out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it wou

The file is too large to be shown. View Raw